1 /* PowerPC-specific support for 32-bit ELF
2 Copyright (C) 1994-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3 Written by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support.
5 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program; if not, write to the
19 Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor,
20 Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
23 /* This file is based on a preliminary PowerPC ELF ABI. The
24 information may not match the final PowerPC ELF ABI. It includes
25 suggestions from the in-progress Embedded PowerPC ABI, and that
26 information may also not match. */
35 #include "elf32-ppc.h"
36 #include "elf-vxworks.h"
38 #include "opcode/ppc.h"
40 /* All users of this file have bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd, sec) == 1. */
41 #define OCTETS_PER_BYTE(ABFD, SEC) 1
43 typedef enum split16_format_type
50 /* RELA relocations are used here. */
52 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc
53 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
54 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
55 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
57 /* Branch prediction bit for branch taken relocs. */
58 #define BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT 0x200000
59 /* Mask to set RA in memory instructions. */
60 #define RA_REGISTER_MASK 0x001f0000
61 /* Value to shift register by to insert RA. */
62 #define RA_REGISTER_SHIFT 16
64 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
66 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/usr/lib/ld.so.1"
68 /* For old-style PLT. */
69 /* The number of single-slot PLT entries (the rest use two slots). */
70 #define PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES 8192
72 /* For new-style .glink and .plt. */
73 #define GLINK_PLTRESOLVE 16*4
74 #define GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE(htab, h) \
77 && h == htab->tls_get_addr \
78 && !htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt ? 8*4 : 0) \
79 + (1u << htab->params->plt_stub_align) - 1) \
80 & -(1u << htab->params->plt_stub_align))
82 /* VxWorks uses its own plt layout, filled in by the static linker. */
84 /* The standard VxWorks PLT entry. */
85 #define VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 32
86 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_plt_entry
87 [VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE
/ 4] =
89 0x3d800000, /* lis r12,0 */
90 0x818c0000, /* lwz r12,0(r12) */
91 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */
92 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
93 0x39600000, /* li r11,0 */
94 0x48000000, /* b 14 <.PLT0resolve+0x4> */
98 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt_entry
99 [VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE
/ 4] =
101 0x3d9e0000, /* addis r12,r30,0 */
102 0x818c0000, /* lwz r12,0(r12) */
103 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */
104 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
105 0x39600000, /* li r11,0 */
106 0x48000000, /* b 14 <.PLT0resolve+0x4> 14: R_PPC_REL24 .PLTresolve */
107 0x60000000, /* nop */
108 0x60000000, /* nop */
111 /* The initial VxWorks PLT entry. */
112 #define VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE 32
113 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_plt0_entry
114 [VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE
/ 4] =
116 0x3d800000, /* lis r12,0 */
117 0x398c0000, /* addi r12,r12,0 */
118 0x800c0008, /* lwz r0,8(r12) */
119 0x7c0903a6, /* mtctr r0 */
120 0x818c0004, /* lwz r12,4(r12) */
121 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
122 0x60000000, /* nop */
123 0x60000000, /* nop */
125 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt0_entry
126 [VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE
/ 4] =
128 0x819e0008, /* lwz r12,8(r30) */
129 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */
130 0x819e0004, /* lwz r12,4(r30) */
131 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
132 0x60000000, /* nop */
133 0x60000000, /* nop */
134 0x60000000, /* nop */
135 0x60000000, /* nop */
138 /* For executables, we have some additional relocations in
139 .rela.plt.unloaded, for the kernel loader. */
141 /* The number of non-JMP_SLOT relocations per PLT0 slot. */
142 #define VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS 3
143 /* The number of relocations in the PLTResolve slot. */
144 #define VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS 2
145 /* The number of relocations in the PLTResolve slot when creating
147 #define VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS_SHLIB 0
149 /* Some instructions. */
150 #define ADDIS_11_11 0x3d6b0000
151 #define ADDIS_11_30 0x3d7e0000
152 #define ADDIS_12_12 0x3d8c0000
153 #define ADDI_11_11 0x396b0000
154 #define ADD_0_11_11 0x7c0b5a14
155 #define ADD_3_12_2 0x7c6c1214
156 #define ADD_11_0_11 0x7d605a14
158 #define BA 0x48000002
159 #define BCL_20_31 0x429f0005
160 #define BCTR 0x4e800420
161 #define BEQLR 0x4d820020
162 #define CMPWI_11_0 0x2c0b0000
163 #define LIS_11 0x3d600000
164 #define LIS_12 0x3d800000
165 #define LWZU_0_12 0x840c0000
166 #define LWZ_0_12 0x800c0000
167 #define LWZ_11_3 0x81630000
168 #define LWZ_11_11 0x816b0000
169 #define LWZ_11_30 0x817e0000
170 #define LWZ_12_3 0x81830000
171 #define LWZ_12_12 0x818c0000
172 #define MR_0_3 0x7c601b78
173 #define MR_3_0 0x7c030378
174 #define MFLR_0 0x7c0802a6
175 #define MFLR_12 0x7d8802a6
176 #define MTCTR_0 0x7c0903a6
177 #define MTCTR_11 0x7d6903a6
178 #define MTLR_0 0x7c0803a6
179 #define NOP 0x60000000
180 #define SUB_11_11_12 0x7d6c5850
182 /* Offset of tp and dtp pointers from start of TLS block. */
183 #define TP_OFFSET 0x7000
184 #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
186 /* The value of a defined global symbol. */
187 #define SYM_VAL(SYM) \
188 ((SYM)->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma \
189 + (SYM)->root.u.def.section->output_offset \
190 + (SYM)->root.u.def.value)
192 /* Relocation HOWTO's. */
193 /* Like other ELF RELA targets that don't apply multiple
194 field-altering relocations to the same localation, src_mask is
195 always zero and pcrel_offset is the same as pc_relative.
196 PowerPC can always use a zero bitpos, even when the field is not at
197 the LSB. For example, a REL24 could use rightshift=2, bisize=24
198 and bitpos=2 which matches the ABI description, or as we do here,
199 rightshift=0, bitsize=26 and bitpos=0. */
200 #define HOW(type, size, bitsize, mask, rightshift, pc_relative, \
201 complain, special_func) \
202 HOWTO (type, rightshift, size, bitsize, pc_relative, 0, \
203 complain_overflow_ ## complain, special_func, \
204 #type, FALSE, 0, mask, pc_relative)
206 static reloc_howto_type
*ppc_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC_max
];
208 static reloc_howto_type ppc_elf_howto_raw
[] = {
209 /* This reloc does nothing. */
210 HOW (R_PPC_NONE
, 3, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
211 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
213 /* A standard 32 bit relocation. */
214 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
215 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
217 /* An absolute 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero.
218 FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them. */
219 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR24
, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
220 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
222 /* A standard 16 bit relocation. */
223 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, bitfield
,
224 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
226 /* A 16 bit relocation without overflow. */
227 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
228 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
230 /* The high order 16 bits of an address. */
231 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
232 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
234 /* The high order 16 bits of an address, plus 1 if the contents of
235 the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
236 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
237 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc
),
239 /* An absolute 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero.
240 FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them. */
241 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR14
, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
242 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
244 /* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to
245 indicate that the branch is expected to be taken. The lower two
246 bits must be zero. */
247 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
248 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
250 /* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to
251 indicate that the branch is not expected to be taken. The lower
252 two bits must be zero. */
253 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
254 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
256 /* A relative 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. */
257 HOW (R_PPC_REL24
, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
258 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
260 /* A relative 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. */
261 HOW (R_PPC_REL14
, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
262 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
264 /* A relative 16 bit branch. Bit 10 should be set to indicate that
265 the branch is expected to be taken. The lower two bits must be
267 HOW (R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
268 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
270 /* A relative 16 bit branch. Bit 10 should be set to indicate that
271 the branch is not expected to be taken. The lower two bits must
273 HOW (R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
274 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
276 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16, but referring to the GOT table entry for the
278 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
279 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
281 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the GOT table entry for
283 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
284 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
286 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the GOT table entry for
288 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
289 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
291 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the GOT table entry for
293 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
294 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
296 /* Like R_PPC_REL24, but referring to the procedure linkage table
297 entry for the symbol. */
298 HOW (R_PPC_PLTREL24
, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
299 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
301 /* This is used only by the dynamic linker. The symbol should exist
302 both in the object being run and in some shared library. The
303 dynamic linker copies the data addressed by the symbol from the
304 shared library into the object, because the object being
305 run has to have the data at some particular address. */
306 HOW (R_PPC_COPY
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
307 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
309 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR32, but used when setting global offset table
311 HOW (R_PPC_GLOB_DAT
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
312 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
314 /* Marks a procedure linkage table entry for a symbol. */
315 HOW (R_PPC_JMP_SLOT
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
316 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
318 /* Used only by the dynamic linker. When the object is run, this
319 longword is set to the load address of the object, plus the
321 HOW (R_PPC_RELATIVE
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
322 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
324 /* Like R_PPC_REL24, but uses the value of the symbol within the
325 object rather than the final value. Normally used for
326 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
327 HOW (R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
328 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
330 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR32, but may be unaligned. */
331 HOW (R_PPC_UADDR32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
332 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
334 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16, but may be unaligned. */
335 HOW (R_PPC_UADDR16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, bitfield
,
336 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
338 /* 32-bit PC relative */
339 HOW (R_PPC_REL32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, TRUE
, dont
,
340 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
342 /* 32-bit relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table.
343 FIXME: not supported. */
344 HOW (R_PPC_PLT32
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
345 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
347 /* 32-bit PC relative relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table.
348 FIXME: not supported. */
349 HOW (R_PPC_PLTREL32
, 2, 32, 0, 0, TRUE
, dont
,
350 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
352 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the PLT table entry for
354 HOW (R_PPC_PLT16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
355 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
357 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the PLT table entry for
359 HOW (R_PPC_PLT16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
360 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
362 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the PLT table entry for
364 HOW (R_PPC_PLT16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
365 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
367 /* A sign-extended 16 bit value relative to _SDA_BASE_, for use with
369 HOW (R_PPC_SDAREL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
370 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
372 /* 16-bit section relative relocation. */
373 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
374 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
376 /* 16-bit lower half section relative relocation. */
377 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
378 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
380 /* 16-bit upper half section relative relocation. */
381 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
382 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
384 /* 16-bit upper half adjusted section relative relocation. */
385 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
386 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
388 /* Marker relocs for TLS. */
389 HOW (R_PPC_TLS
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
390 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
392 HOW (R_PPC_TLSGD
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
393 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
395 HOW (R_PPC_TLSLD
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
396 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
398 /* Marker relocs on inline plt call instructions. */
399 HOW (R_PPC_PLTSEQ
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
400 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
402 HOW (R_PPC_PLTCALL
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
403 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
405 /* Computes the load module index of the load module that contains the
406 definition of its TLS sym. */
407 HOW (R_PPC_DTPMOD32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
408 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
410 /* Computes a dtv-relative displacement, the difference between the value
411 of sym+add and the base address of the thread-local storage block that
412 contains the definition of sym, minus 0x8000. */
413 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
414 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
416 /* A 16 bit dtprel reloc. */
417 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
418 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
420 /* Like DTPREL16, but no overflow. */
421 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
422 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
424 /* Like DTPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
425 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
426 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
428 /* Like DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
429 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
430 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
432 /* Computes a tp-relative displacement, the difference between the value of
433 sym+add and the value of the thread pointer (r13). */
434 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
435 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
437 /* A 16 bit tprel reloc. */
438 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
439 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
441 /* Like TPREL16, but no overflow. */
442 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
443 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
445 /* Like TPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
446 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
447 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
449 /* Like TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
450 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
451 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
453 /* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure,
454 with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes the offset
455 to the first entry. */
456 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
457 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
459 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16, but no overflow. */
460 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
461 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
463 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
464 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
465 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
467 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
468 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
469 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
471 /* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure,
472 with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and zero, and computes the offset to the
474 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
475 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
477 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16, but no overflow. */
478 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
479 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
481 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
482 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
483 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
485 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
486 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
487 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
489 /* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes
490 the offset to the entry. */
491 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
492 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
494 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16, but no overflow. */
495 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
496 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
498 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
499 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
500 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
502 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
503 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
504 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
506 /* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@tprel, and computes the
507 offset to the entry. */
508 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
509 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
511 /* Like GOT_TPREL16, but no overflow. */
512 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
513 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
515 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
516 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
517 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
519 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
520 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
521 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
523 /* The remaining relocs are from the Embedded ELF ABI, and are not
524 in the SVR4 ELF ABI. */
526 /* 32 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol. */
527 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
528 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
530 /* 16 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol. */
531 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
532 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
534 /* 16 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol. */
535 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
536 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
538 /* The high order 16 bits of the addend minus the symbol. */
539 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
540 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
542 /* The high order 16 bits of the result of the addend minus the address,
543 plus 1 if the contents of the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number,
545 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
546 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
548 /* 16 bit value resulting from allocating a 4 byte word to hold an
549 address in the .sdata section, and returning the offset from
550 _SDA_BASE_ for that relocation. */
551 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
552 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
554 /* 16 bit value resulting from allocating a 4 byte word to hold an
555 address in the .sdata2 section, and returning the offset from
556 _SDA2_BASE_ for that relocation. */
557 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
558 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
560 /* A sign-extended 16 bit value relative to _SDA2_BASE_, for use with
562 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
563 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
565 /* Relocate against either _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_, filling in the 16 bit
566 signed offset from the appropriate base, and filling in the register
567 field with the appropriate register (0, 2, or 13). */
568 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
569 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
571 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF */
572 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16 */
573 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO */
574 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI */
575 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA */
576 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD */
578 /* PC relative relocation against either _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_, filling
579 in the 16 bit signed offset from the appropriate base, and filling in the
580 register field with the appropriate register (0, 2, or 13). */
581 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
582 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
584 /* A relative 8 bit branch. */
585 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_REL8
, 1, 8, 0xff, 1, TRUE
, signed,
586 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
588 /* A relative 15 bit branch. */
589 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_REL15
, 2, 16, 0xfffe, 0, TRUE
, signed,
590 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
592 /* A relative 24 bit branch. */
593 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_REL24
, 2, 25, 0x1fffffe, 0, TRUE
, signed,
594 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
596 /* The 16 LSBS in split16a format. */
597 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_LO16A
, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
598 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
600 /* The 16 LSBS in split16d format. */
601 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_LO16D
, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
602 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
604 /* Bits 16-31 split16a format. */
605 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HI16A
, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
606 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
608 /* Bits 16-31 split16d format. */
609 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HI16D
, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
610 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
612 /* Bits 16-31 (High Adjusted) in split16a format. */
613 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HA16A
, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
614 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
616 /* Bits 16-31 (High Adjusted) in split16d format. */
617 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HA16D
, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
618 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
620 /* This reloc is like R_PPC_EMB_SDA21 but only applies to e_add16i
621 instructions. If the register base is 0 then the linker changes
622 the e_add16i to an e_li instruction. */
623 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
624 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
626 /* Like R_PPC_VLE_SDA21 but ignore overflow. */
627 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
628 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
630 /* The 16 LSBS relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16a format. */
631 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A
, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
632 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
634 /* The 16 LSBS relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16d format. */
635 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D
, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
636 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
638 /* Bits 16-31 relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16a format. */
639 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A
, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
640 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
642 /* Bits 16-31 relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16d format. */
643 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D
, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
644 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
646 /* Bits 16-31 (HA) relative to _SDA_BASE split16a format. */
647 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A
, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
648 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
650 /* Bits 16-31 (HA) relative to _SDA_BASE split16d format. */
651 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D
, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
652 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
654 /* e_li split20 format. */
655 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_ADDR20
, 2, 20, 0x1f7fff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
656 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
658 HOW (R_PPC_IRELATIVE
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
659 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
661 /* A 16 bit relative relocation. */
662 HOW (R_PPC_REL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, TRUE
, signed,
663 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
665 /* A 16 bit relative relocation without overflow. */
666 HOW (R_PPC_REL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, TRUE
, dont
,
667 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
669 /* The high order 16 bits of a relative address. */
670 HOW (R_PPC_REL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, TRUE
, dont
,
671 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
673 /* The high order 16 bits of a relative address, plus 1 if the contents of
674 the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
675 HOW (R_PPC_REL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, TRUE
, dont
,
676 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc
),
678 /* Like R_PPC_REL16_HA but for split field in addpcis. */
679 HOW (R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
, 2, 16, 0x1fffc1, 16, TRUE
, signed,
680 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc
),
682 /* A split-field reloc for addpcis, non-relative (gas internal use only). */
683 HOW (R_PPC_16DX_HA
, 2, 16, 0x1fffc1, 16, FALSE
, signed,
684 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc
),
686 /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable hierarchy. */
687 HOW (R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT
, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
690 /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable member usage. */
691 HOW (R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY
, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
694 /* Phony reloc to handle AIX style TOC entries. */
695 HOW (R_PPC_TOC16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
696 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
699 /* Initialize the ppc_elf_howto_table, so that linear accesses can be done. */
702 ppc_elf_howto_init (void)
704 unsigned int i
, type
;
707 i
< sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw
) / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw
[0]);
710 type
= ppc_elf_howto_raw
[i
].type
;
711 if (type
>= (sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_table
)
712 / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_table
[0])))
714 ppc_elf_howto_table
[type
] = &ppc_elf_howto_raw
[i
];
718 static reloc_howto_type
*
719 ppc_elf_reloc_type_lookup (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
720 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code
)
722 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r
;
724 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
725 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC_ADDR32
])
726 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
733 case BFD_RELOC_NONE
: r
= R_PPC_NONE
; break;
734 case BFD_RELOC_32
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR32
; break;
735 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA26
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR24
; break;
736 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
:
737 case BFD_RELOC_16
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR16
; break;
738 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
:
739 case BFD_RELOC_LO16
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
; break;
740 case BFD_RELOC_HI16
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR16_HI
; break;
741 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
; break;
742 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR14
; break;
743 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
; break;
744 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRNTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
; break;
745 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B26
: r
= R_PPC_REL24
; break;
746 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16
: r
= R_PPC_REL14
; break;
747 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
; break;
748 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRNTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
; break;
749 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_DS
:
750 case BFD_RELOC_16_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_GOT16
; break;
751 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
752 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_GOT16_LO
; break;
753 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_GOT16_HI
; break;
754 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_GOT16_HA
; break;
755 case BFD_RELOC_24_PLT_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_PLTREL24
; break;
756 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_COPY
: r
= R_PPC_COPY
; break;
757 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GLOB_DAT
: r
= R_PPC_GLOB_DAT
; break;
758 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_LOCAL24PC
: r
= R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
; break;
759 case BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_REL32
; break;
760 case BFD_RELOC_32_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_PLT32
; break;
761 case BFD_RELOC_32_PLT_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_PLTREL32
; break;
762 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
:
763 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_PLT16_LO
; break;
764 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_PLT16_HI
; break;
765 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_PLT16_HA
; break;
766 case BFD_RELOC_GPREL16
: r
= R_PPC_SDAREL16
; break;
767 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS
:
768 case BFD_RELOC_16_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC_SECTOFF
; break;
769 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS
:
770 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO
; break;
771 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI
; break;
772 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA
; break;
773 case BFD_RELOC_CTOR
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR32
; break;
774 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
775 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TOC16
: r
= R_PPC_TOC16
; break;
776 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLS
: r
= R_PPC_TLS
; break;
777 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSGD
: r
= R_PPC_TLSGD
; break;
778 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSLD
: r
= R_PPC_TLSLD
; break;
779 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPMOD
: r
= R_PPC_DTPMOD32
; break;
780 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
:
781 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16
: r
= R_PPC_TPREL16
; break;
782 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
783 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
; break;
784 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_TPREL16_HI
; break;
785 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
; break;
786 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL
: r
= R_PPC_TPREL32
; break;
787 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS
:
788 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16
: r
= R_PPC_DTPREL16
; break;
789 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
790 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
; break;
791 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI
; break;
792 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
; break;
793 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL
: r
= R_PPC_DTPREL32
; break;
794 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
; break;
795 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
; break;
796 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
; break;
797 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
; break;
798 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
; break;
799 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
; break;
800 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
; break;
801 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
; break;
802 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
; break;
803 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
; break;
804 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
; break;
805 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
; break;
806 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
; break;
807 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
; break;
808 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
; break;
809 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
; break;
810 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR32
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32
; break;
811 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16
; break;
812 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO
; break;
813 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI
; break;
814 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA
; break;
815 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDAI16
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16
; break;
816 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16
; break;
817 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL
; break;
818 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA21
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
; break;
819 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_MRKREF
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF
; break;
820 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16
; break;
821 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO
; break;
822 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI
; break;
823 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA
; break;
824 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD
; break;
825 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELSDA
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA
; break;
826 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL8
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_REL8
; break;
827 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL15
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_REL15
; break;
828 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL24
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_REL24
; break;
829 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_LO16A
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_LO16A
; break;
830 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_LO16D
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_LO16D
; break;
831 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HI16A
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_HI16A
; break;
832 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HI16D
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_HI16D
; break;
833 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HA16A
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_HA16A
; break;
834 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HA16D
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_HA16D
; break;
835 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDA21
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
; break;
836 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO
; break;
837 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A
:
838 r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A
;
840 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D
:
841 r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D
;
843 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A
:
844 r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A
;
846 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D
:
847 r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D
;
849 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A
:
850 r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A
;
852 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D
:
853 r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D
;
855 case BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_REL16
; break;
856 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_REL16_LO
; break;
857 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_REL16_HI
; break;
858 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_REL16_HA
; break;
859 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_16DX_HA
: r
= R_PPC_16DX_HA
; break;
860 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_REL16DX_HA
: r
= R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
; break;
861 case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT
: r
= R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT
; break;
862 case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
: r
= R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY
; break;
865 return ppc_elf_howto_table
[r
];
868 static reloc_howto_type
*
869 ppc_elf_reloc_name_lookup (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
875 i
< sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw
) / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw
[0]);
877 if (ppc_elf_howto_raw
[i
].name
!= NULL
878 && strcasecmp (ppc_elf_howto_raw
[i
].name
, r_name
) == 0)
879 return &ppc_elf_howto_raw
[i
];
884 /* Set the howto pointer for a PowerPC ELF reloc. */
887 ppc_elf_info_to_howto (bfd
*abfd
,
889 Elf_Internal_Rela
*dst
)
893 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
894 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC_ADDR32
])
895 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
897 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (dst
->r_info
);
898 if (r_type
>= R_PPC_max
)
900 /* xgettext:c-format */
901 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"),
903 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
907 cache_ptr
->howto
= ppc_elf_howto_table
[r_type
];
909 /* Just because the above assert didn't trigger doesn't mean that
910 ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info) is necessarily a valid relocation. */
911 if (cache_ptr
->howto
== NULL
)
913 /* xgettext:c-format */
914 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"),
916 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
924 /* Handle the R_PPC_ADDR16_HA and R_PPC_REL16_HA relocs. */
926 static bfd_reloc_status_type
927 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
928 arelent
*reloc_entry
,
931 asection
*input_section
,
933 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
935 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
;
937 bfd_size_type octets
;
940 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
942 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
946 reloc_entry
->addend
+= 0x8000;
947 r_type
= reloc_entry
->howto
->type
;
948 if (r_type
!= R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
)
949 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
952 if (!bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
953 value
= symbol
->value
;
954 value
+= (reloc_entry
->addend
955 + symbol
->section
->output_offset
956 + symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
);
957 value
-= (reloc_entry
->address
958 + input_section
->output_offset
959 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
962 octets
= reloc_entry
->address
* OCTETS_PER_BYTE (abfd
, input_section
);
963 insn
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
);
965 insn
|= (value
& 0xffc1) | ((value
& 0x3e) << 15);
966 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
);
970 static bfd_reloc_status_type
971 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
972 arelent
*reloc_entry
,
975 asection
*input_section
,
977 char **error_message
)
979 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
980 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
982 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
983 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
984 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
986 if (error_message
!= NULL
)
989 sprintf (buf
, _("generic linker can't handle %s"),
990 reloc_entry
->howto
->name
);
991 *error_message
= buf
;
993 return bfd_reloc_dangerous
;
996 /* Sections created by the linker. */
998 typedef struct elf_linker_section
1000 /* Pointer to the bfd section. */
1004 /* Associated bss section name. */
1005 const char *bss_name
;
1006 /* Associated symbol name. */
1007 const char *sym_name
;
1008 /* Associated symbol. */
1009 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sym
;
1010 } elf_linker_section_t
;
1012 /* Linked list of allocated pointer entries. This hangs off of the
1013 symbol lists, and provides allows us to return different pointers,
1014 based on different addend's. */
1016 typedef struct elf_linker_section_pointers
1018 /* next allocated pointer for this symbol */
1019 struct elf_linker_section_pointers
*next
;
1020 /* offset of pointer from beginning of section */
1024 /* which linker section this is */
1025 elf_linker_section_t
*lsect
;
1026 } elf_linker_section_pointers_t
;
1028 struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata
1030 struct elf_obj_tdata elf
;
1032 /* A mapping from local symbols to offsets into the various linker
1033 sections added. This is index by the symbol index. */
1034 elf_linker_section_pointers_t
**linker_section_pointers
;
1036 /* Flags used to auto-detect plt type. */
1037 unsigned int makes_plt_call
: 1;
1038 unsigned int has_rel16
: 1;
1041 #define ppc_elf_tdata(bfd) \
1042 ((struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata *) (bfd)->tdata.any)
1044 #define elf_local_ptr_offsets(bfd) \
1045 (ppc_elf_tdata (bfd)->linker_section_pointers)
1047 #define is_ppc_elf(bfd) \
1048 (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
1049 && elf_object_id (bfd) == PPC32_ELF_DATA)
1051 /* Override the generic function because we store some extras. */
1054 ppc_elf_mkobject (bfd
*abfd
)
1056 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd
, sizeof (struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata
),
1060 /* When defaulting arch/mach, decode apuinfo to find a better match. */
1063 _bfd_elf_ppc_set_arch (bfd
*abfd
)
1065 unsigned long mach
= 0;
1067 unsigned char *contents
;
1069 if (abfd
->arch_info
->bits_per_word
== 32
1070 && bfd_big_endian (abfd
))
1073 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
1074 if ((elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_PPC_VLE
) != 0)
1077 mach
= bfd_mach_ppc_vle
;
1082 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
);
1085 && bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &contents
))
1087 unsigned int apuinfo_size
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, contents
+ 4);
1090 for (i
= 20; i
< apuinfo_size
+ 20 && i
+ 4 <= s
->size
; i
+= 4)
1092 unsigned int val
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, contents
+ i
);
1095 case PPC_APUINFO_PMR
:
1096 case PPC_APUINFO_RFMCI
:
1098 mach
= bfd_mach_ppc_titan
;
1101 case PPC_APUINFO_ISEL
:
1102 case PPC_APUINFO_CACHELCK
:
1103 if (mach
== bfd_mach_ppc_titan
)
1104 mach
= bfd_mach_ppc_e500mc
;
1107 case PPC_APUINFO_SPE
:
1108 case PPC_APUINFO_EFS
:
1109 case PPC_APUINFO_BRLOCK
:
1110 if (mach
!= bfd_mach_ppc_vle
)
1111 mach
= bfd_mach_ppc_e500
;
1114 case PPC_APUINFO_VLE
:
1115 mach
= bfd_mach_ppc_vle
;
1126 if (mach
!= 0 && mach
!= -1ul)
1128 const bfd_arch_info_type
*arch
;
1130 for (arch
= abfd
->arch_info
->next
; arch
; arch
= arch
->next
)
1131 if (arch
->mach
== mach
)
1133 abfd
->arch_info
= arch
;
1140 /* Fix bad default arch selected for a 32 bit input bfd when the
1141 default is 64 bit. Also select arch based on apuinfo. */
1144 ppc_elf_object_p (bfd
*abfd
)
1146 if (!abfd
->arch_info
->the_default
)
1149 if (abfd
->arch_info
->bits_per_word
== 64)
1151 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdr
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
1153 if (i_ehdr
->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS32
)
1155 /* Relies on arch after 64 bit default being 32 bit default. */
1156 abfd
->arch_info
= abfd
->arch_info
->next
;
1157 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
->arch_info
->bits_per_word
== 32);
1160 return _bfd_elf_ppc_set_arch (abfd
);
1163 /* Function to set whether a module needs the -mrelocatable bit set. */
1166 ppc_elf_set_private_flags (bfd
*abfd
, flagword flags
)
1168 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd
)
1169 || elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
== flags
);
1171 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
= flags
;
1172 elf_flags_init (abfd
) = TRUE
;
1176 /* Support for core dump NOTE sections. */
1179 ppc_elf_grok_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
1184 switch (note
->descsz
)
1189 case 268: /* Linux/PPC. */
1191 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 12);
1194 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 24);
1203 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
1204 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
1205 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
1209 ppc_elf_grok_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
1211 switch (note
->descsz
)
1216 case 128: /* Linux/PPC elf_prpsinfo. */
1217 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
1218 = bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 16);
1219 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
1220 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 32, 16);
1221 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
1222 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 48, 80);
1225 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
1226 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
1227 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
1230 char *command
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
;
1231 int n
= strlen (command
);
1233 if (0 < n
&& command
[n
- 1] == ' ')
1234 command
[n
- 1] = '\0';
1241 ppc_elf_write_core_note (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
, int note_type
, ...)
1250 char data
[128] ATTRIBUTE_NONSTRING
;
1253 va_start (ap
, note_type
);
1254 memset (data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
1255 strncpy (data
+ 32, va_arg (ap
, const char *), 16);
1256 #if GCC_VERSION == 8000 || GCC_VERSION == 8001
1258 /* GCC 8.0 and 8.1 warn about 80 equals destination size with
1259 -Wstringop-truncation:
1260 https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=85643
1262 DIAGNOSTIC_IGNORE_STRINGOP_TRUNCATION
;
1264 strncpy (data
+ 48, va_arg (ap
, const char *), 80);
1265 #if GCC_VERSION == 8000 || GCC_VERSION == 8001
1269 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
1270 "CORE", note_type
, data
, sizeof (data
));
1281 va_start (ap
, note_type
);
1282 memset (data
, 0, 72);
1283 pid
= va_arg (ap
, long);
1284 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, pid
, data
+ 24);
1285 cursig
= va_arg (ap
, int);
1286 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, cursig
, data
+ 12);
1287 greg
= va_arg (ap
, const void *);
1288 memcpy (data
+ 72, greg
, 192);
1289 memset (data
+ 264, 0, 4);
1291 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
1292 "CORE", note_type
, data
, sizeof (data
));
1298 ppc_elf_lookup_section_flags (char *flag_name
)
1301 if (!strcmp (flag_name
, "SHF_PPC_VLE"))
1307 /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
1308 or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included. */
1311 ppc_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1312 const asection
*plt ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1315 return rel
->address
;
1318 /* Handle a PowerPC specific section when reading an object file. This
1319 is called when bfd_section_from_shdr finds a section with an unknown
1323 ppc_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
1324 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
1331 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
1334 newsect
= hdr
->bfd_section
;
1336 if (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXCLUDE
)
1337 flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1339 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_ORDERED
)
1340 flags
|= SEC_SORT_ENTRIES
;
1342 if (strncmp (name
, ".PPC.EMB", 8) == 0)
1344 if (strncmp (name
, ".sbss", 5) == 0
1345 || strncmp (name
, ".sdata", 6) == 0)
1346 flags
|= SEC_SMALL_DATA
;
1349 || bfd_set_section_flags (newsect
, newsect
->flags
| flags
));
1352 /* Set up any other section flags and such that may be necessary. */
1355 ppc_elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1356 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
,
1359 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_SORT_ENTRIES
) != 0)
1360 shdr
->sh_type
= SHT_ORDERED
;
1365 /* If we have .sbss2 or .PPC.EMB.sbss0 output sections, we
1366 need to bump up the number of section headers. */
1369 ppc_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd
*abfd
,
1370 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1375 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".sbss2");
1376 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
1379 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".PPC.EMB.sbss0");
1380 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
1386 /* Modify the segment map for VLE executables. */
1389 ppc_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
,
1390 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1392 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
1394 /* At this point in the link, output sections have already been sorted by
1395 LMA and assigned to segments. All that is left to do is to ensure
1396 there is no mixing of VLE & non-VLE sections in a text segment.
1397 If we find that case, we split the segment.
1398 We maintain the original output section order. */
1400 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
1402 struct elf_segment_map
*n
;
1405 unsigned int p_flags
;
1407 if (m
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
|| m
->count
== 0)
1410 for (p_flags
= PF_R
, j
= 0; j
!= m
->count
; ++j
)
1412 if ((m
->sections
[j
]->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
1414 if ((m
->sections
[j
]->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
1417 if ((elf_section_flags (m
->sections
[j
]) & SHF_PPC_VLE
) != 0)
1418 p_flags
|= PF_PPC_VLE
;
1423 while (++j
!= m
->count
)
1425 unsigned int p_flags1
= PF_R
;
1427 if ((m
->sections
[j
]->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
1429 if ((m
->sections
[j
]->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
1432 if ((elf_section_flags (m
->sections
[j
]) & SHF_PPC_VLE
) != 0)
1433 p_flags1
|= PF_PPC_VLE
;
1434 if (((p_flags1
^ p_flags
) & PF_PPC_VLE
) != 0)
1437 p_flags
|= p_flags1
;
1439 /* If we're splitting a segment which originally contained rw
1440 sections then those sections might now only be in one of the
1441 two parts. So always set p_flags if splitting, even if we
1442 are being called for objcopy with p_flags_valid set. */
1443 if (j
!= m
->count
|| !m
->p_flags_valid
)
1445 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
1446 m
->p_flags
= p_flags
;
1451 /* Sections 0..j-1 stay in this (current) segment,
1452 the remainder are put in a new segment.
1453 The scan resumes with the new segment. */
1455 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
1456 amt
+= (m
->count
- j
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
1457 n
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
1461 n
->p_type
= PT_LOAD
;
1462 n
->count
= m
->count
- j
;
1463 for (k
= 0; k
< n
->count
; ++k
)
1464 n
->sections
[k
] = m
->sections
[j
+ k
];
1466 m
->p_size_valid
= 0;
1474 /* Add extra PPC sections -- Note, for now, make .sbss2 and
1475 .PPC.EMB.sbss0 a normal section, and not a bss section so
1476 that the linker doesn't crater when trying to make more than
1479 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section ppc_elf_special_sections
[] =
1481 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
1482 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
1483 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss2"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
1484 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
1485 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata2"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
1486 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tags"), 0, SHT_ORDERED
, SHF_ALLOC
},
1487 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
), 0, SHT_NOTE
, 0 },
1488 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".PPC.EMB.sbss0"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
1489 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".PPC.EMB.sdata0"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
1490 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
1493 /* This is what we want for new plt/got. */
1494 static struct bfd_elf_special_section ppc_alt_plt
=
1495 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
};
1497 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
1498 ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
1500 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*ssect
;
1502 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
1503 if (sec
->name
== NULL
)
1506 ssect
= _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
, ppc_elf_special_sections
,
1510 if (ssect
== ppc_elf_special_sections
&& (sec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
1511 ssect
= &ppc_alt_plt
;
1515 return _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd
, sec
);
1518 /* Very simple linked list structure for recording apuinfo values. */
1519 typedef struct apuinfo_list
1521 struct apuinfo_list
*next
;
1522 unsigned long value
;
1526 static apuinfo_list
*head
;
1527 static bfd_boolean apuinfo_set
;
1530 apuinfo_list_init (void)
1533 apuinfo_set
= FALSE
;
1537 apuinfo_list_add (unsigned long value
)
1539 apuinfo_list
*entry
= head
;
1541 while (entry
!= NULL
)
1543 if (entry
->value
== value
)
1545 entry
= entry
->next
;
1548 entry
= bfd_malloc (sizeof (* entry
));
1552 entry
->value
= value
;
1558 apuinfo_list_length (void)
1560 apuinfo_list
*entry
;
1561 unsigned long count
;
1563 for (entry
= head
, count
= 0;
1565 entry
= entry
->next
)
1571 static inline unsigned long
1572 apuinfo_list_element (unsigned long number
)
1574 apuinfo_list
* entry
;
1578 entry
= entry
->next
)
1581 return entry
? entry
->value
: 0;
1585 apuinfo_list_finish (void)
1587 apuinfo_list
*entry
;
1589 for (entry
= head
; entry
;)
1591 apuinfo_list
*next
= entry
->next
;
1599 /* Scan the input BFDs and create a linked list of
1600 the APUinfo values that will need to be emitted. */
1603 ppc_elf_begin_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
1607 char *buffer
= NULL
;
1608 bfd_size_type largest_input_size
= 0;
1610 unsigned long length
;
1611 const char *error_message
= NULL
;
1613 if (link_info
== NULL
)
1616 apuinfo_list_init ();
1618 /* Read in the input sections contents. */
1619 for (ibfd
= link_info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
1621 unsigned long datum
;
1623 asec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd
, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
);
1627 /* xgettext:c-format */
1628 error_message
= _("corrupt %s section in %pB");
1629 length
= asec
->size
;
1634 if (largest_input_size
< asec
->size
)
1637 largest_input_size
= asec
->size
;
1638 buffer
= bfd_malloc (largest_input_size
);
1643 if (bfd_seek (ibfd
, asec
->filepos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
1644 || (bfd_bread (buffer
, length
, ibfd
) != length
))
1646 /* xgettext:c-format */
1647 error_message
= _("unable to read in %s section from %pB");
1651 /* Verify the contents of the header. Note - we have to
1652 extract the values this way in order to allow for a
1653 host whose endian-ness is different from the target. */
1654 datum
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buffer
);
1655 if (datum
!= sizeof APUINFO_LABEL
)
1658 datum
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buffer
+ 8);
1662 if (strcmp (buffer
+ 12, APUINFO_LABEL
) != 0)
1665 /* Get the number of bytes used for apuinfo entries. */
1666 datum
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buffer
+ 4);
1667 if (datum
+ 20 != length
)
1670 /* Scan the apuinfo section, building a list of apuinfo numbers. */
1671 for (i
= 0; i
< datum
; i
+= 4)
1672 apuinfo_list_add (bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buffer
+ 20 + i
));
1675 error_message
= NULL
;
1679 /* Compute the size of the output section. */
1680 unsigned num_entries
= apuinfo_list_length ();
1682 /* Set the output section size, if it exists. */
1683 asec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
);
1685 if (asec
&& !bfd_set_section_size (asec
, 20 + num_entries
* 4))
1688 /* xgettext:c-format */
1689 error_message
= _("warning: unable to set size of %s section in %pB");
1697 _bfd_error_handler (error_message
, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
, ibfd
);
1700 /* Prevent the output section from accumulating the input sections'
1701 contents. We have already stored this in our linked list structure. */
1704 ppc_elf_write_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1705 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1707 bfd_byte
*contents ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1709 return apuinfo_set
&& strcmp (asec
->name
, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
) == 0;
1712 /* Finally we can generate the output section. */
1715 ppc_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
)
1720 unsigned num_entries
;
1721 bfd_size_type length
;
1723 asec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
);
1730 length
= asec
->size
;
1734 buffer
= bfd_malloc (length
);
1738 (_("failed to allocate space for new APUinfo section"));
1742 /* Create the apuinfo header. */
1743 num_entries
= apuinfo_list_length ();
1744 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, sizeof APUINFO_LABEL
, buffer
);
1745 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, num_entries
* 4, buffer
+ 4);
1746 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, 0x2, buffer
+ 8);
1747 strcpy ((char *) buffer
+ 12, APUINFO_LABEL
);
1750 for (i
= 0; i
< num_entries
; i
++)
1752 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, apuinfo_list_element (i
), buffer
+ length
);
1756 if (length
!= asec
->size
)
1757 _bfd_error_handler (_("failed to compute new APUinfo section"));
1759 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, asec
, buffer
, (file_ptr
) 0, length
))
1760 _bfd_error_handler (_("failed to install new APUinfo section"));
1764 apuinfo_list_finish ();
1768 ppc_elf_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
)
1770 ppc_final_write_processing (abfd
);
1771 return _bfd_elf_final_write_processing (abfd
);
1775 is_nonpic_glink_stub (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*glink
, bfd_vma off
)
1777 bfd_byte buf
[4 * 4];
1779 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, glink
, buf
, off
, sizeof buf
))
1782 return ((bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
+ 0) & 0xffff0000) == LIS_11
1783 && (bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
+ 4) & 0xffff0000) == LWZ_11_11
1784 && bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
+ 8) == MTCTR_11
1785 && bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
+ 12) == BCTR
);
1789 section_covers_vma (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, asection
*section
, void *ptr
)
1791 bfd_vma vma
= *(bfd_vma
*) ptr
;
1792 return ((section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
1793 && section
->vma
<= vma
1794 && vma
< section
->vma
+ section
->size
);
1798 ppc_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
, long symcount
, asymbol
**syms
,
1799 long dynsymcount
, asymbol
**dynsyms
,
1802 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
1803 asection
*plt
, *relplt
, *dynamic
, *glink
;
1804 bfd_vma glink_vma
= 0;
1805 bfd_vma resolv_vma
= 0;
1809 size_t count
, i
, stub_delta
;
1816 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0)
1819 if (dynsymcount
<= 0)
1822 relplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rela.plt");
1826 plt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".plt");
1830 /* Call common code to handle old-style executable PLTs. */
1831 if (elf_section_flags (plt
) & SHF_EXECINSTR
)
1832 return _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (abfd
, symcount
, syms
,
1833 dynsymcount
, dynsyms
, ret
);
1835 /* If this object was prelinked, the prelinker stored the address
1836 of .glink at got[1]. If it wasn't prelinked, got[1] will be zero. */
1837 dynamic
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
1838 if (dynamic
!= NULL
)
1840 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
, *extdyn
, *extdynend
;
1842 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
1844 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, dynamic
, &dynbuf
))
1847 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
1848 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
1851 extdynend
= extdyn
+ dynamic
->size
;
1852 for (; extdyn
< extdynend
; extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
1854 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
1855 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
1857 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
1860 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_PPC_GOT
)
1862 unsigned int g_o_t
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
1863 asection
*got
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".got");
1865 && bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, got
, buf
,
1866 g_o_t
- got
->vma
+ 4, 4))
1867 glink_vma
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
);
1874 /* Otherwise we read the first plt entry. */
1877 if (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, plt
, buf
, 0, 4))
1878 glink_vma
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
);
1884 /* The .glink section usually does not survive the final
1885 link; search for the section (usually .text) where the
1886 glink stubs now reside. */
1887 glink
= bfd_sections_find_if (abfd
, section_covers_vma
, &glink_vma
);
1891 /* Determine glink PLT resolver by reading the relative branch
1892 from the first glink stub. */
1893 if (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, glink
, buf
,
1894 glink_vma
- glink
->vma
, 4))
1896 unsigned int insn
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
);
1898 /* The first glink stub may either branch to the resolver ... */
1900 if ((insn
& ~0x3fffffc) == 0)
1901 resolv_vma
= glink_vma
+ (insn
^ 0x2000000) - 0x2000000;
1903 /* ... or fall through a bunch of NOPs. */
1904 else if ((insn
^ B
^ NOP
) == 0)
1906 bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, glink
, buf
,
1907 glink_vma
- glink
->vma
+ i
, 4);
1909 if (bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
) != NOP
)
1911 resolv_vma
= glink_vma
+ i
;
1916 count
= relplt
->size
/ sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
1917 /* If the stubs are those for -shared/-pie then we might have
1918 multiple stubs for each plt entry. If that is the case then
1919 there is no way to associate stubs with their plt entries short
1920 of figuring out the GOT pointer value used in the stub.
1921 The offsets tested here need to cover all possible values of
1922 GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE for other than __tls_get_addr_opt. */
1923 stub_off
= glink_vma
- glink
->vma
;
1924 for (stub_delta
= 16; stub_delta
<= 32; stub_delta
+= 8)
1925 if (is_nonpic_glink_stub (abfd
, glink
, stub_off
- stub_delta
))
1927 if (stub_delta
> 32)
1930 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
1931 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, relplt
, dynsyms
, TRUE
))
1934 size
= count
* sizeof (asymbol
);
1935 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
1936 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, p
++)
1938 size
+= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
) + sizeof ("@plt");
1940 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8;
1943 size
+= sizeof (asymbol
) + sizeof ("__glink");
1946 size
+= sizeof (asymbol
) + sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve");
1948 s
= *ret
= bfd_malloc (size
);
1952 stub_off
= glink_vma
- glink
->vma
;
1953 names
= (char *) (s
+ count
+ 1 + (resolv_vma
!= 0));
1954 p
= relplt
->relocation
+ count
- 1;
1955 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
1959 stub_off
-= stub_delta
;
1960 if (strcmp ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, "__tls_get_addr_opt") == 0)
1962 *s
= **p
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
1963 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
1964 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
1965 if ((s
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) == 0)
1966 s
->flags
|= BSF_GLOBAL
;
1967 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
1969 s
->value
= stub_off
;
1972 len
= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
1973 memcpy (names
, (*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, len
);
1977 memcpy (names
, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1);
1978 names
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1;
1979 bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd
, names
, p
->addend
);
1980 names
+= strlen (names
);
1982 memcpy (names
, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
1983 names
+= sizeof ("@plt");
1988 /* Add a symbol at the start of the glink branch table. */
1989 memset (s
, 0, sizeof *s
);
1991 s
->flags
= BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
1993 s
->value
= glink_vma
- glink
->vma
;
1995 memcpy (names
, "__glink", sizeof ("__glink"));
1996 names
+= sizeof ("__glink");
2002 /* Add a symbol for the glink PLT resolver. */
2003 memset (s
, 0, sizeof *s
);
2005 s
->flags
= BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
2007 s
->value
= resolv_vma
- glink
->vma
;
2009 memcpy (names
, "__glink_PLTresolve", sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve"));
2010 names
+= sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve");
2018 /* The following functions are specific to the ELF linker, while
2019 functions above are used generally. They appear in this file more
2020 or less in the order in which they are called. eg.
2021 ppc_elf_check_relocs is called early in the link process,
2022 ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections is one of the last functions
2025 /* Track PLT entries needed for a given symbol. We might need more
2026 than one glink entry per symbol when generating a pic binary. */
2029 struct plt_entry
*next
;
2031 /* -fPIC uses multiple GOT sections, one per file, called ".got2".
2032 This field stores the offset into .got2 used to initialise the
2033 GOT pointer reg. It will always be at least 32768. (Current
2034 gcc always uses an offset of 32768, but ld -r will pack .got2
2035 sections together resulting in larger offsets). */
2038 /* The .got2 section. */
2041 /* PLT refcount or offset. */
2044 bfd_signed_vma refcount
;
2048 /* .glink stub offset. */
2049 bfd_vma glink_offset
;
2052 /* Of those relocs that might be copied as dynamic relocs, this
2053 function selects those that must be copied when linking a shared
2054 library or PIE, even when the symbol is local. */
2057 must_be_dyn_reloc (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2058 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
)
2063 /* Only relative relocs can be resolved when the object load
2064 address isn't fixed. DTPREL32 is excluded because the
2065 dynamic linker needs to differentiate global dynamic from
2066 local dynamic __tls_index pairs when PPC_OPT_TLS is set. */
2071 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
2072 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
2078 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
:
2079 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI
:
2080 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
:
2081 /* These relocations are relative but in a shared library the
2082 linker doesn't know the thread pointer base. */
2083 return bfd_link_dll (info
);
2087 /* If ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS is non-zero, the linker will try to avoid
2088 copying dynamic variables from a shared lib into an app's dynbss
2089 section, and instead use a dynamic relocation to point into the
2091 #define ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS 1
2093 /* Used to track dynamic relocations for local symbols. */
2094 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
2096 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*next
;
2098 /* The input section of the reloc. */
2101 /* Total number of relocs copied for the input section. */
2102 unsigned int count
: 31;
2104 /* Whether this entry is for STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols. */
2105 unsigned int ifunc
: 1;
2108 /* PPC ELF linker hash entry. */
2110 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
2112 struct elf_link_hash_entry elf
;
2114 /* If this symbol is used in the linker created sections, the processor
2115 specific backend uses this field to map the field into the offset
2116 from the beginning of the section. */
2117 elf_linker_section_pointers_t
*linker_section_pointer
;
2119 /* Contexts in which symbol is used in the GOT.
2120 Bits are or'd into the mask as the corresponding relocs are
2121 encountered during check_relocs, with TLS_TLS being set when any
2122 of the other TLS bits are set. tls_optimize clears bits when
2123 optimizing to indicate the corresponding GOT entry type is not
2124 needed. If set, TLS_TLS is never cleared. tls_optimize may also
2125 set TLS_GDIE when a GD reloc turns into an IE one.
2126 These flags are also kept for local symbols. */
2127 #define TLS_TLS 1 /* Any TLS reloc. */
2128 #define TLS_GD 2 /* GD reloc. */
2129 #define TLS_LD 4 /* LD reloc. */
2130 #define TLS_TPREL 8 /* TPREL reloc, => IE. */
2131 #define TLS_DTPREL 16 /* DTPREL reloc, => LD. */
2132 #define TLS_MARK 32 /* __tls_get_addr call marked. */
2133 #define TLS_GDIE 64 /* GOT TPREL reloc resulting from GD->IE. */
2134 unsigned char tls_mask
;
2136 /* The above field is also used to mark function symbols. In which
2137 case TLS_TLS will be 0. */
2138 #define PLT_IFUNC 2 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC. */
2139 #define PLT_KEEP 4 /* inline plt call requires plt entry. */
2140 #define NON_GOT 256 /* local symbol plt, not stored. */
2142 /* Nonzero if we have seen a small data relocation referring to this
2144 unsigned char has_sda_refs
: 1;
2146 /* Flag use of given relocations. */
2147 unsigned char has_addr16_ha
: 1;
2148 unsigned char has_addr16_lo
: 1;
2151 #define ppc_elf_hash_entry(ent) ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) (ent))
2153 /* PPC ELF linker hash table. */
2155 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
2157 struct elf_link_hash_table elf
;
2159 /* Various options passed from the linker. */
2160 struct ppc_elf_params
*params
;
2162 /* Short-cuts to get to dynamic linker sections. */
2166 elf_linker_section_t sdata
[2];
2168 asection
*glink_eh_frame
;
2170 asection
*relpltlocal
;
2172 /* The (unloaded but important) .rela.plt.unloaded on VxWorks. */
2175 /* Shortcut to __tls_get_addr. */
2176 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*tls_get_addr
;
2178 /* The bfd that forced an old-style PLT. */
2181 /* TLS local dynamic got entry handling. */
2183 bfd_signed_vma refcount
;
2187 /* Offset of branch table to PltResolve function in glink. */
2188 bfd_vma glink_pltresolve
;
2190 /* Size of reserved GOT entries. */
2191 unsigned int got_header_size
;
2192 /* Non-zero if allocating the header left a gap. */
2193 unsigned int got_gap
;
2195 /* The type of PLT we have chosen to use. */
2196 enum ppc_elf_plt_type plt_type
;
2198 /* Whether there exist local gnu indirect function resolvers,
2199 referenced by dynamic relocations. */
2200 unsigned int local_ifunc_resolver
:1;
2201 unsigned int maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
:1;
2203 /* Set if tls optimization is enabled. */
2204 unsigned int do_tls_opt
:1;
2206 /* Set if inline plt calls should be converted to direct calls. */
2207 unsigned int can_convert_all_inline_plt
:1;
2209 /* The size of PLT entries. */
2211 /* The distance between adjacent PLT slots. */
2213 /* The size of the first PLT entry. */
2214 int plt_initial_entry_size
;
2217 /* Rename some of the generic section flags to better document how they
2218 are used for ppc32. The flags are only valid for ppc32 elf objects. */
2220 /* Nonzero if this section has TLS related relocations. */
2221 #define has_tls_reloc sec_flg0
2223 /* Nonzero if this section has a call to __tls_get_addr lacking marker
2225 #define nomark_tls_get_addr sec_flg1
2227 /* Flag set when PLTCALL relocs are detected. */
2228 #define has_pltcall sec_flg2
2230 /* Get the PPC ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
2232 #define ppc_elf_hash_table(p) \
2233 ((is_elf_hash_table ((p)->hash) \
2234 && elf_hash_table_id (elf_hash_table (p)) == PPC32_ELF_DATA) \
2235 ? (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *) (p)->hash : NULL)
2237 /* Create an entry in a PPC ELF linker hash table. */
2239 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
2240 ppc_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
2241 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
,
2244 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
2248 entry
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
,
2249 sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
));
2254 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
2255 entry
= _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (entry
, table
, string
);
2258 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry
)->linker_section_pointer
= NULL
;
2259 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry
)->tls_mask
= 0;
2260 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry
)->has_sda_refs
= 0;
2266 /* Create a PPC ELF linker hash table. */
2268 static struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
2269 ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
2271 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*ret
;
2272 static struct ppc_elf_params default_params
2273 = { PLT_OLD
, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 12, 0, 0, 0 };
2275 ret
= bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
));
2279 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret
->elf
, abfd
,
2280 ppc_elf_link_hash_newfunc
,
2281 sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
),
2288 ret
->elf
.init_plt_refcount
.refcount
= 0;
2289 ret
->elf
.init_plt_refcount
.glist
= NULL
;
2290 ret
->elf
.init_plt_offset
.offset
= 0;
2291 ret
->elf
.init_plt_offset
.glist
= NULL
;
2293 ret
->params
= &default_params
;
2295 ret
->sdata
[0].name
= ".sdata";
2296 ret
->sdata
[0].sym_name
= "_SDA_BASE_";
2297 ret
->sdata
[0].bss_name
= ".sbss";
2299 ret
->sdata
[1].name
= ".sdata2";
2300 ret
->sdata
[1].sym_name
= "_SDA2_BASE_";
2301 ret
->sdata
[1].bss_name
= ".sbss2";
2303 ret
->plt_entry_size
= 12;
2304 ret
->plt_slot_size
= 8;
2305 ret
->plt_initial_entry_size
= 72;
2307 return &ret
->elf
.root
;
2310 /* Hook linker params into hash table. */
2313 ppc_elf_link_params (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, struct ppc_elf_params
*params
)
2315 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
2318 htab
->params
= params
;
2319 params
->pagesize_p2
= bfd_log2 (params
->pagesize
);
2322 /* Create .got and the related sections. */
2325 ppc_elf_create_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
2327 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
2329 if (!_bfd_elf_create_got_section (abfd
, info
))
2332 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
2333 if (htab
->elf
.target_os
!= is_vxworks
)
2335 /* The powerpc .got has a blrl instruction in it. Mark it
2337 flagword flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_CODE
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2338 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2339 if (!bfd_set_section_flags (htab
->elf
.sgot
, flags
))
2346 /* Create a special linker section, used for R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16 and
2347 R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16 pointers. These sections become part of .sdata
2348 and .sdata2. Create _SDA_BASE_ and _SDA2_BASE too. */
2351 ppc_elf_create_linker_section (bfd
*abfd
,
2352 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2354 elf_linker_section_t
*lsect
)
2358 flags
|= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
2359 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2361 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, lsect
->name
, flags
);
2366 /* Define the sym on the first section of this name. */
2367 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, lsect
->name
);
2369 lsect
->sym
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd
, info
, s
, lsect
->sym_name
);
2370 if (lsect
->sym
== NULL
)
2372 lsect
->sym
->root
.u
.def
.value
= 0x8000;
2377 ppc_elf_create_glink (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
2379 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
2384 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_CODE
| SEC_READONLY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2385 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2386 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".glink", flags
);
2388 p2align
= htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
? 6 : 4;
2389 if (p2align
< htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
)
2390 p2align
= htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
;
2392 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, p2align
))
2395 if (!info
->no_ld_generated_unwind_info
)
2397 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2398 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2399 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".eh_frame", flags
);
2400 htab
->glink_eh_frame
= s
;
2402 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, 2))
2406 flags
= SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
;
2407 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".iplt", flags
);
2410 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, 4))
2413 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2414 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2415 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".rela.iplt", flags
);
2416 htab
->elf
.irelplt
= s
;
2418 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, 2))
2421 /* Local plt entries. */
2422 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
2423 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2424 htab
->pltlocal
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".branch_lt",
2426 if (htab
->pltlocal
== NULL
2427 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->pltlocal
, 2))
2430 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
2432 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
2433 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2435 = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".rela.branch_lt", flags
);
2436 if (htab
->relpltlocal
== NULL
2437 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->relpltlocal
, 2))
2441 if (!ppc_elf_create_linker_section (abfd
, info
, 0,
2445 if (!ppc_elf_create_linker_section (abfd
, info
, SEC_READONLY
,
2452 /* We have to create .dynsbss and .rela.sbss here so that they get mapped
2453 to output sections (just like _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections has
2454 to create .dynbss and .rela.bss). */
2457 ppc_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
2459 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
2463 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
2465 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
== NULL
2466 && !ppc_elf_create_got (abfd
, info
))
2469 if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
))
2472 if (htab
->glink
== NULL
2473 && !ppc_elf_create_glink (abfd
, info
))
2476 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynsbss",
2477 SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2482 if (! bfd_link_pic (info
))
2484 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2485 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2486 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".rela.sbss", flags
);
2489 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, 2))
2493 if (htab
->elf
.target_os
== is_vxworks
2494 && !elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
, &htab
->srelplt2
))
2498 flags
= SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_CODE
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
;
2499 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_VXWORKS
)
2500 /* The VxWorks PLT is a loaded section with contents. */
2501 flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
;
2502 return bfd_set_section_flags (s
, flags
);
2505 /* Copy the extra info we tack onto an elf_link_hash_entry. */
2508 ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2509 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
2510 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
2512 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*edir
, *eind
;
2514 edir
= (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) dir
;
2515 eind
= (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) ind
;
2517 edir
->tls_mask
|= eind
->tls_mask
;
2518 edir
->has_sda_refs
|= eind
->has_sda_refs
;
2520 if (edir
->elf
.versioned
!= versioned_hidden
)
2521 edir
->elf
.ref_dynamic
|= eind
->elf
.ref_dynamic
;
2522 edir
->elf
.ref_regular
|= eind
->elf
.ref_regular
;
2523 edir
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
|= eind
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
;
2524 edir
->elf
.non_got_ref
|= eind
->elf
.non_got_ref
;
2525 edir
->elf
.needs_plt
|= eind
->elf
.needs_plt
;
2526 edir
->elf
.pointer_equality_needed
|= eind
->elf
.pointer_equality_needed
;
2528 /* If we were called to copy over info for a weak sym, that's all. */
2529 if (eind
->elf
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2532 if (ind
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
2534 if (dir
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
2536 struct elf_dyn_relocs
**pp
;
2537 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
2539 /* Add reloc counts against the indirect sym to the direct sym
2540 list. Merge any entries against the same section. */
2541 for (pp
= &ind
->dyn_relocs
; (p
= *pp
) != NULL
; )
2543 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*q
;
2545 for (q
= dir
->dyn_relocs
; q
!= NULL
; q
= q
->next
)
2546 if (q
->sec
== p
->sec
)
2548 q
->pc_count
+= p
->pc_count
;
2549 q
->count
+= p
->count
;
2556 *pp
= dir
->dyn_relocs
;
2559 dir
->dyn_relocs
= ind
->dyn_relocs
;
2560 ind
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
2563 /* Copy over the GOT refcount entries that we may have already seen to
2564 the symbol which just became indirect. */
2565 edir
->elf
.got
.refcount
+= eind
->elf
.got
.refcount
;
2566 eind
->elf
.got
.refcount
= 0;
2568 /* And plt entries. */
2569 if (eind
->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
)
2571 if (edir
->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
)
2573 struct plt_entry
**entp
;
2574 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
2576 for (entp
= &eind
->elf
.plt
.plist
; (ent
= *entp
) != NULL
; )
2578 struct plt_entry
*dent
;
2580 for (dent
= edir
->elf
.plt
.plist
; dent
!= NULL
; dent
= dent
->next
)
2581 if (dent
->sec
== ent
->sec
&& dent
->addend
== ent
->addend
)
2583 dent
->plt
.refcount
+= ent
->plt
.refcount
;
2590 *entp
= edir
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
2593 edir
->elf
.plt
.plist
= eind
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
2594 eind
->elf
.plt
.plist
= NULL
;
2597 if (eind
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1)
2599 if (edir
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1)
2600 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
2601 edir
->elf
.dynstr_index
);
2602 edir
->elf
.dynindx
= eind
->elf
.dynindx
;
2603 edir
->elf
.dynstr_index
= eind
->elf
.dynstr_index
;
2604 eind
->elf
.dynindx
= -1;
2605 eind
->elf
.dynstr_index
= 0;
2609 /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
2610 file. We use it to put .comm items in .sbss, and not .bss. */
2613 ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd
*abfd
,
2614 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2615 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
2616 const char **namep ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2617 flagword
*flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2621 if (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
2622 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
2623 && is_ppc_elf (info
->output_bfd
)
2624 && sym
->st_size
<= elf_gp_size (abfd
))
2626 /* Common symbols less than or equal to -G nn bytes are automatically
2628 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
2630 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
2631 if (htab
->sbss
== NULL
)
2633 flagword flags
= SEC_IS_COMMON
| SEC_SMALL_DATA
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
;
2635 if (!htab
->elf
.dynobj
)
2636 htab
->elf
.dynobj
= abfd
;
2638 htab
->sbss
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (htab
->elf
.dynobj
,
2641 if (htab
->sbss
== NULL
)
2646 *valp
= sym
->st_size
;
2652 /* Find a linker generated pointer with a given addend and type. */
2654 static elf_linker_section_pointers_t
*
2655 elf_find_pointer_linker_section
2656 (elf_linker_section_pointers_t
*linker_pointers
,
2658 elf_linker_section_t
*lsect
)
2660 for ( ; linker_pointers
!= NULL
; linker_pointers
= linker_pointers
->next
)
2661 if (lsect
== linker_pointers
->lsect
&& addend
== linker_pointers
->addend
)
2662 return linker_pointers
;
2667 /* Allocate a pointer to live in a linker created section. */
2670 elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section (bfd
*abfd
,
2671 elf_linker_section_t
*lsect
,
2672 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2673 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
2675 elf_linker_section_pointers_t
**ptr_linker_section_ptr
= NULL
;
2676 elf_linker_section_pointers_t
*linker_section_ptr
;
2677 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
2680 BFD_ASSERT (lsect
!= NULL
);
2682 /* Is this a global symbol? */
2685 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
2687 /* Has this symbol already been allocated? If so, our work is done. */
2688 eh
= (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
2689 if (elf_find_pointer_linker_section (eh
->linker_section_pointer
,
2694 ptr_linker_section_ptr
= &eh
->linker_section_pointer
;
2698 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (abfd
));
2700 /* Allocation of a pointer to a local symbol. */
2701 elf_linker_section_pointers_t
**ptr
= elf_local_ptr_offsets (abfd
);
2703 /* Allocate a table to hold the local symbols if first time. */
2706 unsigned int num_symbols
= elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
).sh_info
;
2709 amt
*= sizeof (elf_linker_section_pointers_t
*);
2710 ptr
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
2715 elf_local_ptr_offsets (abfd
) = ptr
;
2718 /* Has this symbol already been allocated? If so, our work is done. */
2719 if (elf_find_pointer_linker_section (ptr
[r_symndx
],
2724 ptr_linker_section_ptr
= &ptr
[r_symndx
];
2727 /* Allocate space for a pointer in the linker section, and allocate
2728 a new pointer record from internal memory. */
2729 BFD_ASSERT (ptr_linker_section_ptr
!= NULL
);
2730 amt
= sizeof (elf_linker_section_pointers_t
);
2731 linker_section_ptr
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
2733 if (!linker_section_ptr
)
2736 linker_section_ptr
->next
= *ptr_linker_section_ptr
;
2737 linker_section_ptr
->addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
2738 linker_section_ptr
->lsect
= lsect
;
2739 *ptr_linker_section_ptr
= linker_section_ptr
;
2741 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (lsect
->section
, 2))
2743 linker_section_ptr
->offset
= lsect
->section
->size
;
2744 lsect
->section
->size
+= 4;
2748 "Create pointer in linker section %s, offset = %ld, section size = %ld\n",
2749 lsect
->name
, (long) linker_section_ptr
->offset
,
2750 (long) lsect
->section
->size
);
2756 static struct plt_entry
**
2757 update_local_sym_info (bfd
*abfd
,
2758 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
2759 unsigned long r_symndx
,
2762 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got_refcounts
= elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd
);
2763 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
2764 unsigned char *local_got_tls_masks
;
2766 if (local_got_refcounts
== NULL
)
2768 bfd_size_type size
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
2770 size
*= (sizeof (*local_got_refcounts
)
2771 + sizeof (*local_plt
)
2772 + sizeof (*local_got_tls_masks
));
2773 local_got_refcounts
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, size
);
2774 if (local_got_refcounts
== NULL
)
2776 elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd
) = local_got_refcounts
;
2779 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) (local_got_refcounts
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
2780 local_got_tls_masks
= (unsigned char *) (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
2781 local_got_tls_masks
[r_symndx
] |= tls_type
& 0xff;
2782 if ((tls_type
& NON_GOT
) == 0)
2783 local_got_refcounts
[r_symndx
] += 1;
2784 return local_plt
+ r_symndx
;
2788 update_plt_info (bfd
*abfd
, struct plt_entry
**plist
,
2789 asection
*sec
, bfd_vma addend
)
2791 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
2795 for (ent
= *plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
2796 if (ent
->sec
== sec
&& ent
->addend
== addend
)
2800 size_t amt
= sizeof (*ent
);
2801 ent
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
2806 ent
->addend
= addend
;
2807 ent
->plt
.refcount
= 0;
2810 ent
->plt
.refcount
+= 1;
2814 static struct plt_entry
*
2815 find_plt_ent (struct plt_entry
**plist
, asection
*sec
, bfd_vma addend
)
2817 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
2821 for (ent
= *plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
2822 if (ent
->sec
== sec
&& ent
->addend
== addend
)
2828 is_branch_reloc (enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
)
2830 return (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
2831 || r_type
== R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
2832 || r_type
== R_PPC_REL24
2833 || r_type
== R_PPC_REL14
2834 || r_type
== R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
2835 || r_type
== R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
2836 || r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR24
2837 || r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR14
2838 || r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
2839 || r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
2840 || r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_REL24
);
2843 /* Relocs on inline plt call sequence insns prior to the call. */
2846 is_plt_seq_reloc (enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
)
2848 return (r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HA
2849 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HI
2850 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_LO
2851 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLTSEQ
);
2855 bad_shared_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
)
2858 /* xgettext:c-format */
2859 (_("%pB: relocation %s cannot be used when making a shared object"),
2861 ppc_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
);
2862 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2865 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
2866 allocate space in the global offset table or procedure linkage
2870 ppc_elf_check_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
2871 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2873 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
)
2875 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
2876 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2877 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
2878 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
2879 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel_end
;
2880 asection
*got2
, *sreloc
;
2881 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*tga
;
2883 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
2887 _bfd_error_handler ("ppc_elf_check_relocs called for section %pA in %pB",
2891 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (abfd
));
2893 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
2894 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC_ADDR32
])
2895 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
2897 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
2898 if (htab
->glink
== NULL
)
2900 if (htab
->elf
.dynobj
== NULL
)
2901 htab
->elf
.dynobj
= abfd
;
2902 if (!ppc_elf_create_glink (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, info
))
2905 tga
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__tls_get_addr",
2906 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
2907 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
);
2908 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
2909 got2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".got2");
2912 rel_end
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
2913 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< rel_end
; rel
++)
2915 unsigned long r_symndx
;
2916 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
;
2917 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
2919 struct plt_entry
**ifunc
;
2920 struct plt_entry
**pltent
;
2923 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
2924 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
2928 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
2929 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
2930 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
2931 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2934 /* If a relocation refers to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, create the .got.
2935 This shows up in particular in an R_PPC_ADDR32 in the eabi
2938 && htab
->elf
.sgot
== NULL
2939 && strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
2941 if (htab
->elf
.dynobj
== NULL
)
2942 htab
->elf
.dynobj
= abfd
;
2943 if (!ppc_elf_create_got (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, info
))
2945 BFD_ASSERT (h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
);
2949 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
2951 if (h
== NULL
&& htab
->elf
.target_os
!= is_vxworks
)
2953 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->elf
.sym_cache
,
2958 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
2960 /* Set PLT_IFUNC flag for this sym, no GOT entry yet. */
2961 ifunc
= update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
2962 NON_GOT
| PLT_IFUNC
);
2966 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols must have a PLT entry;
2967 In a non-pie executable even when there are
2969 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
2970 || is_branch_reloc (r_type
)
2971 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_LO
2972 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HI
2973 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HA
)
2976 if (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
2977 ppc_elf_tdata (abfd
)->makes_plt_call
= 1;
2978 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
2979 && (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
2980 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_LO
2981 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HI
2982 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HA
))
2983 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
2984 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, ifunc
, got2
, addend
))
2990 if (htab
->elf
.target_os
!= is_vxworks
2991 && is_branch_reloc (r_type
)
2996 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[-1].r_info
) == R_PPC_TLSGD
2997 || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[-1].r_info
) == R_PPC_TLSLD
))
2998 /* We have a new-style __tls_get_addr call with a marker
3002 /* Mark this section as having an old-style call. */
3003 sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
= 1;
3010 /* These special tls relocs tie a call to __tls_get_addr with
3011 its parameter symbol. */
3013 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
|= TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
;
3015 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
3016 NON_GOT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
))
3023 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
:
3024 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
3025 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
3026 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
3027 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
;
3030 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
:
3031 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
3032 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
3033 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
3034 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
;
3037 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
:
3038 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
:
3039 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
3040 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
3041 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
3042 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
3043 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
3046 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
:
3047 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
:
3048 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
:
3049 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
3050 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
;
3052 sec
->has_tls_reloc
= 1;
3055 /* GOT16 relocations */
3057 case R_PPC_GOT16_LO
:
3058 case R_PPC_GOT16_HI
:
3059 case R_PPC_GOT16_HA
:
3060 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry. */
3061 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
== NULL
)
3063 if (htab
->elf
.dynobj
== NULL
)
3064 htab
->elf
.dynobj
= abfd
;
3065 if (!ppc_elf_create_got (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, info
))
3070 h
->got
.refcount
+= 1;
3071 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
|= tls_type
;
3074 /* This is a global offset table entry for a local symbol. */
3075 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
, tls_type
))
3078 /* We may also need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be
3080 if (h
!= NULL
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
3082 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, &h
->plt
.plist
, NULL
, 0))
3087 /* Indirect .sdata relocation. */
3088 case R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16
:
3089 htab
->sdata
[0].sym
->ref_regular
= 1;
3090 if (!elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section (abfd
, &htab
->sdata
[0],
3095 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
= TRUE
;
3096 h
->non_got_ref
= TRUE
;
3100 /* Indirect .sdata2 relocation. */
3101 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16
:
3102 if (!bfd_link_executable (info
))
3104 bad_shared_reloc (abfd
, r_type
);
3107 htab
->sdata
[1].sym
->ref_regular
= 1;
3108 if (!elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section (abfd
, &htab
->sdata
[1],
3113 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
= TRUE
;
3114 h
->non_got_ref
= TRUE
;
3118 case R_PPC_SDAREL16
:
3119 htab
->sdata
[0].sym
->ref_regular
= 1;
3122 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A
:
3123 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D
:
3124 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A
:
3125 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D
:
3126 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A
:
3127 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D
:
3130 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
= TRUE
;
3131 h
->non_got_ref
= TRUE
;
3135 case R_PPC_VLE_REL8
:
3136 case R_PPC_VLE_REL15
:
3137 case R_PPC_VLE_REL24
:
3138 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16A
:
3139 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16D
:
3140 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16A
:
3141 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16D
:
3142 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16A
:
3143 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16D
:
3144 case R_PPC_VLE_ADDR20
:
3147 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL
:
3148 if (!bfd_link_executable (info
))
3150 bad_shared_reloc (abfd
, r_type
);
3153 htab
->sdata
[1].sym
->ref_regular
= 1;
3156 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
= TRUE
;
3157 h
->non_got_ref
= TRUE
;
3161 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO
:
3162 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
:
3163 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
:
3164 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA
:
3167 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
= TRUE
;
3168 h
->non_got_ref
= TRUE
;
3172 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32
:
3173 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16
:
3174 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO
:
3175 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI
:
3176 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA
:
3178 h
->non_got_ref
= TRUE
;
3181 case R_PPC_PLTREL24
:
3184 ppc_elf_tdata (abfd
)->makes_plt_call
= 1;
3188 sec
->has_pltcall
= 1;
3192 case R_PPC_PLTREL32
:
3193 case R_PPC_PLT16_LO
:
3194 case R_PPC_PLT16_HI
:
3195 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA
:
3198 fprintf (stderr
, "Reloc requires a PLT entry\n");
3200 /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry. */
3203 pltent
= update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
3204 NON_GOT
| PLT_KEEP
);
3210 if (r_type
!= R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
3211 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
|= PLT_KEEP
;
3213 pltent
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
3216 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
3217 && (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
3218 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_LO
3219 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HI
3220 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HA
))
3221 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
3222 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, pltent
, got2
, addend
))
3226 /* The following relocations don't need to propagate the
3227 relocation if linking a shared object since they are
3228 section relative. */
3230 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO
:
3231 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI
:
3232 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA
:
3233 case R_PPC_DTPREL16
:
3234 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
:
3235 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI
:
3236 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
:
3241 case R_PPC_REL16_LO
:
3242 case R_PPC_REL16_HI
:
3243 case R_PPC_REL16_HA
:
3244 case R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
:
3245 ppc_elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_rel16
= 1;
3248 /* These are just markers. */
3250 case R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF
:
3254 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLT
:
3255 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
:
3259 /* These should only appear in dynamic objects. */
3261 case R_PPC_GLOB_DAT
:
3262 case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT
:
3263 case R_PPC_RELATIVE
:
3264 case R_PPC_IRELATIVE
:
3267 /* These aren't handled yet. We'll report an error later. */
3269 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16
:
3270 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO
:
3271 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI
:
3272 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA
:
3273 case R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD
:
3276 /* This refers only to functions defined in the shared library. */
3277 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
:
3278 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
&& htab
->plt_type
== PLT_UNSET
)
3280 htab
->plt_type
= PLT_OLD
;
3281 htab
->old_bfd
= abfd
;
3283 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
3286 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, &h
->plt
.plist
, NULL
, 0))
3291 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
3292 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
3293 case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
3294 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
3298 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
3299 used. Record for later use during GC. */
3300 case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY
:
3301 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_addend
))
3305 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI
:
3306 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
:
3307 sec
->has_tls_reloc
= 1;
3309 /* We shouldn't really be seeing TPREL32. */
3312 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
:
3313 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
3314 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
3318 case R_PPC_DTPMOD32
:
3319 case R_PPC_DTPREL32
:
3325 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0
3326 && bfd_link_pic (info
)
3327 && htab
->plt_type
== PLT_UNSET
)
3329 /* Old -fPIC gcc code has .long LCTOC1-LCFx just before
3330 the start of a function, which assembles to a REL32
3331 reference to .got2. If we detect one of these, then
3332 force the old PLT layout because the linker cannot
3333 reliably deduce the GOT pointer value needed for
3336 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
3338 isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->elf
.sym_cache
,
3343 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
3346 htab
->plt_type
= PLT_OLD
;
3347 htab
->old_bfd
= abfd
;
3350 if (h
== NULL
|| h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
3356 case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
:
3357 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HI
:
3358 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
:
3361 if (h
!= NULL
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
3363 /* We may need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be
3364 a function defined in a dynamic object. */
3365 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, &h
->plt
.plist
, NULL
, 0))
3368 /* We may need a copy reloc too. */
3370 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 1;
3371 if (r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
)
3372 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_ha
= 1;
3373 if (r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
)
3374 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_lo
= 1;
3380 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
3381 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
3384 if (h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
3386 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_UNSET
)
3388 htab
->plt_type
= PLT_OLD
;
3389 htab
->old_bfd
= abfd
;
3397 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
3398 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
3399 if (h
!= NULL
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
3401 /* We may need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be
3402 a function defined in a dynamic object. */
3404 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, &h
->plt
.plist
, NULL
, 0))
3410 /* If we are creating a shared library, and this is a reloc
3411 against a global symbol, or a non PC relative reloc
3412 against a local symbol, then we need to copy the reloc
3413 into the shared library. However, if we are linking with
3414 -Bsymbolic, we do not need to copy a reloc against a
3415 global symbol which is defined in an object we are
3416 including in the link (i.e., DEF_REGULAR is set). At
3417 this point we have not seen all the input files, so it is
3418 possible that DEF_REGULAR is not set now but will be set
3419 later (it is never cleared). In case of a weak definition,
3420 DEF_REGULAR may be cleared later by a strong definition in
3421 a shared library. We account for that possibility below by
3422 storing information in the dyn_relocs field of the hash
3423 table entry. A similar situation occurs when creating
3424 shared libraries and symbol visibility changes render the
3427 If on the other hand, we are creating an executable, we
3428 may need to keep relocations for symbols satisfied by a
3429 dynamic library if we manage to avoid copy relocs for the
3431 if ((bfd_link_pic (info
)
3432 && (must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
)
3434 && (!SYMBOLIC_BIND (info
, h
)
3435 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
3436 || !h
->def_regular
))))
3437 || (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
3438 && !bfd_link_pic (info
)
3440 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
3441 || !h
->def_regular
)))
3445 "ppc_elf_check_relocs needs to "
3446 "create relocation for %s\n",
3447 (h
&& h
->root
.root
.string
3448 ? h
->root
.root
.string
: "<unknown>"));
3452 if (htab
->elf
.dynobj
== NULL
)
3453 htab
->elf
.dynobj
= abfd
;
3455 sreloc
= _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section
3456 (sec
, htab
->elf
.dynobj
, 2, abfd
, /*rela?*/ TRUE
);
3462 /* If this is a global symbol, we count the number of
3463 relocations we need for this symbol. */
3466 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
3467 struct elf_dyn_relocs
**rel_head
;
3469 rel_head
= &h
->dyn_relocs
;
3471 if (p
== NULL
|| p
->sec
!= sec
)
3473 p
= bfd_alloc (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, sizeof *p
);
3476 p
->next
= *rel_head
;
3483 if (!must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
))
3488 /* Track dynamic relocs needed for local syms too.
3489 We really need local syms available to do this
3491 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*p
;
3492 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
**rel_head
;
3493 bfd_boolean is_ifunc
;
3496 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
3498 isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->elf
.sym_cache
,
3503 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
3507 vpp
= &elf_section_data (s
)->local_dynrel
;
3508 rel_head
= (struct ppc_dyn_relocs
**) vpp
;
3509 is_ifunc
= ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
;
3511 if (p
!= NULL
&& p
->sec
== sec
&& p
->ifunc
!= is_ifunc
)
3513 if (p
== NULL
|| p
->sec
!= sec
|| p
->ifunc
!= is_ifunc
)
3515 p
= bfd_alloc (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, sizeof *p
);
3518 p
->next
= *rel_head
;
3521 p
->ifunc
= is_ifunc
;
3535 /* Warn for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP attributes between IBFD
3536 and OBFD, and merge non-conflicting ones. */
3538 _bfd_elf_ppc_merge_fp_attributes (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3540 bfd
*obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
3541 obj_attribute
*in_attr
, *in_attrs
;
3542 obj_attribute
*out_attr
, *out_attrs
;
3543 bfd_boolean ret
= TRUE
;
3544 bfd_boolean warn_only
;
3546 /* We only warn about shared library mismatches, because common
3547 libraries advertise support for a particular long double variant
3548 but actually support more than one variant. For example, glibc
3549 typically supports 128-bit IBM long double in the shared library
3550 but has a compatibility static archive for 64-bit long double.
3551 The linker doesn't have the smarts to see that an app using
3552 object files marked as 64-bit long double call the compatibility
3553 layer objects and only from there call into the shared library. */
3554 warn_only
= (ibfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0;
3556 in_attrs
= elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
3557 out_attrs
= elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
3559 in_attr
= &in_attrs
[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP
];
3560 out_attr
= &out_attrs
[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP
];
3562 if (in_attr
->i
!= out_attr
->i
)
3564 int in_fp
= in_attr
->i
& 3;
3565 int out_fp
= out_attr
->i
& 3;
3566 static bfd
*last_fp
, *last_ld
;
3570 else if (out_fp
== 0)
3574 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
;
3575 out_attr
->i
^= in_fp
;
3579 else if (out_fp
!= 2 && in_fp
== 2)
3582 /* xgettext:c-format */
3583 (_("%pB uses hard float, %pB uses soft float"),
3587 else if (out_fp
== 2 && in_fp
!= 2)
3590 /* xgettext:c-format */
3591 (_("%pB uses hard float, %pB uses soft float"),
3595 else if (out_fp
== 1 && in_fp
== 3)
3598 /* xgettext:c-format */
3599 (_("%pB uses double-precision hard float, "
3600 "%pB uses single-precision hard float"), last_fp
, ibfd
);
3603 else if (out_fp
== 3 && in_fp
== 1)
3606 /* xgettext:c-format */
3607 (_("%pB uses double-precision hard float, "
3608 "%pB uses single-precision hard float"), ibfd
, last_fp
);
3612 in_fp
= in_attr
->i
& 0xc;
3613 out_fp
= out_attr
->i
& 0xc;
3616 else if (out_fp
== 0)
3620 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
;
3621 out_attr
->i
^= in_fp
;
3625 else if (out_fp
!= 2 * 4 && in_fp
== 2 * 4)
3628 /* xgettext:c-format */
3629 (_("%pB uses 64-bit long double, "
3630 "%pB uses 128-bit long double"), ibfd
, last_ld
);
3633 else if (in_fp
!= 2 * 4 && out_fp
== 2 * 4)
3636 /* xgettext:c-format */
3637 (_("%pB uses 64-bit long double, "
3638 "%pB uses 128-bit long double"), last_ld
, ibfd
);
3641 else if (out_fp
== 1 * 4 && in_fp
== 3 * 4)
3644 /* xgettext:c-format */
3645 (_("%pB uses IBM long double, "
3646 "%pB uses IEEE long double"), last_ld
, ibfd
);
3649 else if (out_fp
== 3 * 4 && in_fp
== 1 * 4)
3652 /* xgettext:c-format */
3653 (_("%pB uses IBM long double, "
3654 "%pB uses IEEE long double"), ibfd
, last_ld
);
3661 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
| ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR
;
3662 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3667 /* Merge object attributes from IBFD into OBFD. Warn if
3668 there are conflicting attributes. */
3670 ppc_elf_merge_obj_attributes (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3673 obj_attribute
*in_attr
, *in_attrs
;
3674 obj_attribute
*out_attr
, *out_attrs
;
3677 if (!_bfd_elf_ppc_merge_fp_attributes (ibfd
, info
))
3680 obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
3681 in_attrs
= elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
3682 out_attrs
= elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
3684 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector attributes and
3685 merge non-conflicting ones. */
3686 in_attr
= &in_attrs
[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector
];
3687 out_attr
= &out_attrs
[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector
];
3689 if (in_attr
->i
!= out_attr
->i
)
3691 int in_vec
= in_attr
->i
& 3;
3692 int out_vec
= out_attr
->i
& 3;
3693 static bfd
*last_vec
;
3697 else if (out_vec
== 0)
3699 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
;
3700 out_attr
->i
= in_vec
;
3703 /* For now, allow generic to transition to AltiVec or SPE
3704 without a warning. If GCC marked files with their stack
3705 alignment and used don't-care markings for files which are
3706 not affected by the vector ABI, we could warn about this
3708 else if (in_vec
== 1)
3710 else if (out_vec
== 1)
3712 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
;
3713 out_attr
->i
= in_vec
;
3716 else if (out_vec
< in_vec
)
3719 /* xgettext:c-format */
3720 (_("%pB uses AltiVec vector ABI, %pB uses SPE vector ABI"),
3722 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
| ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR
;
3725 else if (out_vec
> in_vec
)
3728 /* xgettext:c-format */
3729 (_("%pB uses AltiVec vector ABI, %pB uses SPE vector ABI"),
3731 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
| ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR
;
3736 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return attributes
3737 and merge non-conflicting ones. */
3738 in_attr
= &in_attrs
[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return
];
3739 out_attr
= &out_attrs
[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return
];
3740 if (in_attr
->i
!= out_attr
->i
)
3742 int in_struct
= in_attr
->i
& 3;
3743 int out_struct
= out_attr
->i
& 3;
3744 static bfd
*last_struct
;
3746 if (in_struct
== 0 || in_struct
== 3)
3748 else if (out_struct
== 0)
3750 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
;
3751 out_attr
->i
= in_struct
;
3754 else if (out_struct
< in_struct
)
3757 /* xgettext:c-format */
3758 (_("%pB uses r3/r4 for small structure returns, "
3759 "%pB uses memory"), last_struct
, ibfd
);
3760 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
| ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR
;
3763 else if (out_struct
> in_struct
)
3766 /* xgettext:c-format */
3767 (_("%pB uses r3/r4 for small structure returns, "
3768 "%pB uses memory"), ibfd
, last_struct
);
3769 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
| ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR
;
3775 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3779 /* Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones. */
3780 return _bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd
, info
);
3783 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
3784 object file when linking. */
3787 ppc_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3789 bfd
*obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
3794 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd
) || !is_ppc_elf (obfd
))
3797 /* Check if we have the same endianness. */
3798 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd
, info
))
3801 if (!ppc_elf_merge_obj_attributes (ibfd
, info
))
3804 if ((ibfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
3807 new_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
3808 old_flags
= elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
;
3809 if (!elf_flags_init (obfd
))
3811 /* First call, no flags set. */
3812 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
3813 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= new_flags
;
3816 /* Compatible flags are ok. */
3817 else if (new_flags
== old_flags
)
3820 /* Incompatible flags. */
3823 /* Warn about -mrelocatable mismatch. Allow -mrelocatable-lib
3824 to be linked with either. */
3826 if ((new_flags
& EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
) != 0
3827 && (old_flags
& (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
| EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
)) == 0)
3831 (_("%pB: compiled with -mrelocatable and linked with "
3832 "modules compiled normally"), ibfd
);
3834 else if ((new_flags
& (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
| EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
)) == 0
3835 && (old_flags
& EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
) != 0)
3839 (_("%pB: compiled normally and linked with "
3840 "modules compiled with -mrelocatable"), ibfd
);
3843 /* The output is -mrelocatable-lib iff both the input files are. */
3844 if (! (new_flags
& EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
))
3845 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
;
3847 /* The output is -mrelocatable iff it can't be -mrelocatable-lib,
3848 but each input file is either -mrelocatable or -mrelocatable-lib. */
3849 if (! (elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
& EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
)
3850 && (new_flags
& (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
| EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
))
3851 && (old_flags
& (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
| EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
)))
3852 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
;
3854 /* Do not warn about eabi vs. V.4 mismatch, just or in the bit if
3855 any module uses it. */
3856 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= (new_flags
& EF_PPC_EMB
);
3858 new_flags
&= ~(EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
| EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
| EF_PPC_EMB
);
3859 old_flags
&= ~(EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
| EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
| EF_PPC_EMB
);
3861 /* Warn about any other mismatches. */
3862 if (new_flags
!= old_flags
)
3866 /* xgettext:c-format */
3867 (_("%pB: uses different e_flags (%#x) fields "
3868 "than previous modules (%#x)"),
3869 ibfd
, new_flags
, old_flags
);
3874 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3883 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (bfd
*input_bfd
,
3884 asection
*input_section
,
3885 unsigned long offset
,
3888 split16_format_type split16_format
,
3891 unsigned int insn
, opcode
;
3893 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, loc
);
3894 opcode
= insn
& E_OPCODE_MASK
;
3895 if (opcode
== E_OR2I_INSN
3896 || opcode
== E_AND2I_DOT_INSN
3897 || opcode
== E_OR2IS_INSN
3898 || opcode
== E_LIS_INSN
3899 || opcode
== E_AND2IS_DOT_INSN
)
3901 if (split16_format
!= split16a_type
)
3904 split16_format
= split16a_type
;
3907 /* xgettext:c-format */
3908 (_("%pB(%pA+0x%lx): expected 16A style relocation on 0x%08x insn"),
3909 input_bfd
, input_section
, offset
, opcode
);
3912 else if (opcode
== E_ADD2I_DOT_INSN
3913 || opcode
== E_ADD2IS_INSN
3914 || opcode
== E_CMP16I_INSN
3915 || opcode
== E_MULL2I_INSN
3916 || opcode
== E_CMPL16I_INSN
3917 || opcode
== E_CMPH16I_INSN
3918 || opcode
== E_CMPHL16I_INSN
)
3920 if (split16_format
!= split16d_type
)
3923 split16_format
= split16d_type
;
3926 /* xgettext:c-format */
3927 (_("%pB(%pA+0x%lx): expected 16D style relocation on 0x%08x insn"),
3928 input_bfd
, input_section
, offset
, opcode
);
3931 if (split16_format
== split16a_type
)
3933 insn
&= ~((0xf800 << 5) | 0x7ff);
3934 insn
|= (value
& 0xf800) << 5;
3935 if ((insn
& E_LI_MASK
) == E_LI_INSN
)
3937 /* Hack for e_li. Extend sign. */
3938 insn
&= ~(0xf0000 >> 5);
3939 insn
|= (-(value
& 0x8000) & 0xf0000) >> 5;
3944 insn
&= ~((0xf800 << 10) | 0x7ff);
3945 insn
|= (value
& 0xf800) << 10;
3947 insn
|= value
& 0x7ff;
3948 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, loc
);
3952 ppc_elf_vle_split20 (bfd
*output_bfd
, bfd_byte
*loc
, bfd_vma value
)
3956 insn
= bfd_get_32 (output_bfd
, loc
);
3957 /* We have an li20 field, bits 17..20, 11..15, 21..31. */
3958 /* Top 4 bits of value to 17..20. */
3959 insn
|= (value
& 0xf0000) >> 5;
3960 /* Next 5 bits of the value to 11..15. */
3961 insn
|= (value
& 0xf800) << 5;
3962 /* And the final 11 bits of the value to bits 21 to 31. */
3963 insn
|= value
& 0x7ff;
3964 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, insn
, loc
);
3968 /* Choose which PLT scheme to use, and set .plt flags appropriately.
3969 Returns -1 on error, 0 for old PLT, 1 for new PLT. */
3971 ppc_elf_select_plt_layout (bfd
*output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
3972 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3974 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3977 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
3979 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_UNSET
)
3981 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3983 if (htab
->params
->plt_style
== PLT_OLD
)
3984 htab
->plt_type
= PLT_OLD
;
3985 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
3986 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
3987 && (h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "_mcount",
3988 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
)) != NULL
3989 && (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
3992 && !(SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
)
3993 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
)))
3995 /* Profiling of shared libs (and pies) is not supported with
3996 secure plt, because ppc32 does profiling before a
3997 function prologue and a secure plt pic call stubs needs
3998 r30 to be set up. */
3999 htab
->plt_type
= PLT_OLD
;
4004 enum ppc_elf_plt_type plt_type
= htab
->params
->plt_style
;
4006 /* Look through the reloc flags left by ppc_elf_check_relocs.
4007 Use the old style bss plt if a file makes plt calls
4008 without using the new relocs, and if ld isn't given
4009 --secure-plt and we never see REL16 relocs. */
4010 if (plt_type
== PLT_UNSET
)
4012 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
4013 if (is_ppc_elf (ibfd
))
4015 if (ppc_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->has_rel16
)
4017 else if (ppc_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->makes_plt_call
)
4020 htab
->old_bfd
= ibfd
;
4024 htab
->plt_type
= plt_type
;
4027 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
&& htab
->params
->plt_style
== PLT_NEW
)
4029 if (htab
->old_bfd
!= NULL
)
4030 _bfd_error_handler (_("bss-plt forced due to %pB"), htab
->old_bfd
);
4032 _bfd_error_handler (_("bss-plt forced by profiling"));
4035 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->plt_type
!= PLT_VXWORKS
);
4037 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
)
4039 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
4040 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
4042 /* The new PLT is a loaded section. */
4043 if (htab
->elf
.splt
!= NULL
4044 && !bfd_set_section_flags (htab
->elf
.splt
, flags
))
4047 /* The new GOT is not executable. */
4048 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
!= NULL
4049 && !bfd_set_section_flags (htab
->elf
.sgot
, flags
))
4054 /* Stop an unused .glink section from affecting .text alignment. */
4055 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
4056 && !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->glink
, 0))
4059 return htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
;
4062 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
4066 ppc_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection
*sec
,
4067 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4068 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
4069 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
4070 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
4073 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
))
4075 case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
4076 case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY
:
4080 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec
, info
, rel
, h
, sym
);
4084 get_sym_h (struct elf_link_hash_entry
**hp
,
4085 Elf_Internal_Sym
**symp
,
4087 unsigned char **tls_maskp
,
4088 Elf_Internal_Sym
**locsymsp
,
4089 unsigned long r_symndx
,
4092 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
4094 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
4096 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (ibfd
);
4097 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4099 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
4100 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4101 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4102 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4110 if (symsecp
!= NULL
)
4112 asection
*symsec
= NULL
;
4113 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4114 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
4115 symsec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
4119 if (tls_maskp
!= NULL
)
4120 *tls_maskp
= &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
;
4124 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
4125 Elf_Internal_Sym
*locsyms
= *locsymsp
;
4127 if (locsyms
== NULL
)
4129 locsyms
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
4130 if (locsyms
== NULL
)
4131 locsyms
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (ibfd
, symtab_hdr
,
4132 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
,
4133 0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
4134 if (locsyms
== NULL
)
4136 *locsymsp
= locsyms
;
4138 sym
= locsyms
+ r_symndx
;
4146 if (symsecp
!= NULL
)
4147 *symsecp
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (ibfd
, sym
->st_shndx
);
4149 if (tls_maskp
!= NULL
)
4151 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got
;
4152 unsigned char *tls_mask
;
4155 local_got
= elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd
);
4156 if (local_got
!= NULL
)
4158 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
4159 (local_got
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
4160 unsigned char *lgot_masks
= (unsigned char *)
4161 (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
4162 tls_mask
= &lgot_masks
[r_symndx
];
4164 *tls_maskp
= tls_mask
;
4170 /* Analyze inline PLT call relocations to see whether calls to locally
4171 defined functions can be converted to direct calls. */
4174 ppc_elf_inline_plt (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4176 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4179 bfd_vma low_vma
, high_vma
, limit
;
4181 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
4185 /* A bl insn can reach -0x2000000 to 0x1fffffc. The limit is
4186 reduced somewhat to cater for possible stubs that might be added
4187 between the call and its destination. */
4191 for (sec
= info
->output_bfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
4192 if ((sec
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_CODE
)) == (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_CODE
))
4194 if (low_vma
> sec
->vma
)
4196 if (high_vma
< sec
->vma
+ sec
->size
)
4197 high_vma
= sec
->vma
+ sec
->size
;
4200 /* If a "bl" can reach anywhere in local code sections, then we can
4201 convert all inline PLT sequences to direct calls when the symbol
4203 if (high_vma
- low_vma
< limit
)
4205 htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
= 1;
4209 /* Otherwise, go looking through relocs for cases where a direct
4210 call won't reach. Mark the symbol on any such reloc to disable
4211 the optimization and keep the PLT entry as it seems likely that
4212 this will be better than creating trampolines. Note that this
4213 will disable the optimization for all inline PLT calls to a
4214 particular symbol, not just those that won't reach. The
4215 difficulty in doing a more precise optimization is that the
4216 linker needs to make a decision depending on whether a
4217 particular R_PPC_PLTCALL insn can be turned into a direct
4218 call, for each of the R_PPC_PLTSEQ and R_PPC_PLT16* insns in
4219 the sequence, and there is nothing that ties those relocs
4220 together except their symbol. */
4222 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
4224 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
4225 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
;
4227 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd
))
4231 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
4233 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
4234 if (sec
->has_pltcall
4235 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec
->output_section
))
4237 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
, *relend
;
4239 /* Read the relocations. */
4240 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
4242 if (relstart
== NULL
)
4245 relend
= relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
4246 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; )
4248 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
;
4249 unsigned long r_symndx
;
4251 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4252 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
4253 unsigned char *tls_maskp
;
4255 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
4256 if (r_type
!= R_PPC_PLTCALL
)
4259 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
4260 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, &tls_maskp
, &local_syms
,
4263 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
4265 if (symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
4270 if (sym_sec
!= NULL
&& sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
4274 to
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
4277 to
+= (rel
->r_addend
4278 + sym_sec
->output_offset
4279 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
4280 from
= (rel
->r_offset
4281 + sec
->output_offset
4282 + sec
->output_section
->vma
);
4283 if (to
- from
+ limit
< 2 * limit
)
4284 *tls_maskp
&= ~PLT_KEEP
;
4287 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
4291 if (local_syms
!= NULL
4292 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
4294 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
4297 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
4304 /* Set plt output section type, htab->tls_get_addr, and call the
4305 generic ELF tls_setup function. */
4308 ppc_elf_tls_setup (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4310 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4312 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
4313 htab
->tls_get_addr
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__tls_get_addr",
4314 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
4315 if (htab
->plt_type
!= PLT_NEW
)
4316 htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_opt
= TRUE
;
4318 if (!htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_opt
)
4320 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*opt
, *tga
;
4321 opt
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__tls_get_addr_opt",
4322 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
4324 && (opt
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4325 || opt
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
4327 /* If glibc supports an optimized __tls_get_addr call stub,
4328 signalled by the presence of __tls_get_addr_opt, and we'll
4329 be calling __tls_get_addr via a plt call stub, then
4330 make __tls_get_addr point to __tls_get_addr_opt. */
4331 tga
= htab
->tls_get_addr
;
4332 if (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
4334 && (tga
->type
== STT_FUNC
4336 && !(SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, tga
)
4337 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, tga
)))
4339 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
4340 for (ent
= tga
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
4341 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
4345 tga
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
4346 tga
->root
.u
.i
.link
= &opt
->root
;
4347 ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (info
, opt
, tga
);
4349 if (opt
->dynindx
!= -1)
4351 /* Use __tls_get_addr_opt in dynamic relocations. */
4353 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
4355 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, opt
))
4358 htab
->tls_get_addr
= opt
;
4363 htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_opt
= TRUE
;
4365 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
4366 && htab
->elf
.splt
!= NULL
4367 && htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
!= NULL
)
4369 elf_section_type (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
) = SHT_PROGBITS
;
4370 elf_section_flags (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
) = SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
;
4373 return _bfd_elf_tls_setup (obfd
, info
);
4376 /* Return TRUE iff REL is a branch reloc with a global symbol matching
4380 branch_reloc_hash_match (const bfd
*ibfd
,
4381 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
4382 const struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hash
)
4384 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
4385 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
4386 unsigned int r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
4388 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
&& is_branch_reloc (r_type
))
4390 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (ibfd
);
4391 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4393 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
4394 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4395 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4396 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4403 /* Run through all the TLS relocs looking for optimization
4407 ppc_elf_tls_optimize (bfd
*obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4408 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4412 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4415 if (!bfd_link_executable (info
))
4418 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
4422 htab
->do_tls_opt
= 1;
4424 /* Make two passes through the relocs. First time check that tls
4425 relocs involved in setting up a tls_get_addr call are indeed
4426 followed by such a call. If they are not, don't do any tls
4427 optimization. On the second pass twiddle tls_mask flags to
4428 notify relocate_section that optimization can be done, and
4429 adjust got and plt refcounts. */
4430 for (pass
= 0; pass
< 2; ++pass
)
4431 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
4433 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
4434 asection
*got2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd
, ".got2");
4436 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
4437 if (sec
->has_tls_reloc
&& !bfd_is_abs_section (sec
->output_section
))
4439 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
, *relend
;
4440 int expecting_tls_get_addr
= 0;
4442 /* Read the relocations. */
4443 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
4445 if (relstart
== NULL
)
4448 relend
= relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
4449 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
4451 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
;
4452 unsigned long r_symndx
;
4453 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
4454 unsigned char *tls_mask
;
4455 unsigned char tls_set
, tls_clear
;
4456 bfd_boolean is_local
;
4457 bfd_signed_vma
*got_count
;
4459 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
4460 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
4462 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
4464 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (ibfd
);
4465 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
4466 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4467 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4468 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4471 is_local
= SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
);
4472 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
4473 /* If this section has old-style __tls_get_addr calls
4474 without marker relocs, then check that each
4475 __tls_get_addr call reloc is preceded by a reloc
4476 that conceivably belongs to the __tls_get_addr arg
4477 setup insn. If we don't find matching arg setup
4478 relocs, don't do any tls optimization. */
4480 && sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
4482 && h
== htab
->tls_get_addr
4483 && !expecting_tls_get_addr
4484 && is_branch_reloc (r_type
))
4486 info
->callbacks
->minfo ("%H __tls_get_addr lost arg, "
4487 "TLS optimization disabled\n",
4488 ibfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
);
4489 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
4494 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 0;
4497 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
:
4498 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
4499 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 1;
4502 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
4503 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
4504 /* These relocs should never be against a symbol
4505 defined in a shared lib. Leave them alone if
4506 that turns out to be the case. */
4515 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
:
4516 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
4517 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 1;
4520 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
4521 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
4527 tls_set
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GDIE
;
4531 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
:
4532 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
:
4533 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
4534 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
4539 tls_clear
= TLS_TPREL
;
4550 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
4551 && is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
)))
4554 && ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
) != R_PPC_PLTSEQ
)
4556 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
);
4557 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
[1].r_info
);
4558 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
4560 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
4562 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (ibfd
);
4563 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
4564 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4565 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4566 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4569 struct plt_entry
*ent
= NULL
;
4572 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
4573 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
4574 ent
= find_plt_ent (&h
->plt
.plist
,
4577 && ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
4578 ent
->plt
.refcount
-= 1;
4584 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 2;
4589 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
:
4592 unsigned char buf
[4];
4594 bfd_vma off
= rel
->r_offset
& ~3;
4595 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (ibfd
, sec
, buf
,
4598 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
4602 insn
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buf
);
4603 /* addis rt,2,imm */
4604 if ((insn
& ((0x3fu
<< 26) | 0x1f << 16))
4605 != ((15u << 26) | (2 << 16)))
4607 /* xgettext:c-format */
4608 info
->callbacks
->minfo
4609 (_("%H: warning: %s unexpected insn %#x.\n"),
4610 ibfd
, sec
, off
, "R_PPC_TPREL16_HA", insn
);
4611 htab
->do_tls_opt
= 0;
4616 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI
:
4617 htab
->do_tls_opt
= 0;
4626 if (!expecting_tls_get_addr
4627 || !sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
)
4630 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
4631 && branch_reloc_hash_match (ibfd
, rel
+ 1,
4632 htab
->tls_get_addr
))
4635 /* Uh oh, we didn't find the expected call. We
4636 could just mark this symbol to exclude it
4637 from tls optimization but it's safer to skip
4638 the entire optimization. */
4639 info
->callbacks
->minfo (_("%H arg lost __tls_get_addr, "
4640 "TLS optimization disabled\n"),
4641 ibfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
);
4642 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
4649 tls_mask
= &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
;
4650 got_count
= &h
->got
.refcount
;
4654 bfd_signed_vma
*lgot_refs
;
4655 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
4656 unsigned char *lgot_masks
;
4658 lgot_refs
= elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd
);
4659 if (lgot_refs
== NULL
)
4661 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
4662 (lgot_refs
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
4663 lgot_masks
= (unsigned char *)
4664 (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
4665 tls_mask
= &lgot_masks
[r_symndx
];
4666 got_count
= &lgot_refs
[r_symndx
];
4669 /* If we don't have old-style __tls_get_addr calls
4670 without TLSGD/TLSLD marker relocs, and we haven't
4671 found a new-style __tls_get_addr call with a
4672 marker for this symbol, then we either have a
4673 broken object file or an -mlongcall style
4674 indirect call to __tls_get_addr without a marker.
4675 Disable optimization in this case. */
4676 if ((tls_clear
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_LD
)) != 0
4677 && !sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
4678 && ((*tls_mask
& (TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
))
4679 != (TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
)))
4682 if (expecting_tls_get_addr
== 1 + !sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
)
4684 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
4687 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
4688 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
) == R_PPC_PLTREL24
4689 || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
) == R_PPC_PLTCALL
))
4690 addend
= rel
[1].r_addend
;
4691 ent
= find_plt_ent (&htab
->tls_get_addr
->plt
.plist
,
4693 if (ent
!= NULL
&& ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
4694 ent
->plt
.refcount
-= 1;
4701 /* We managed to get rid of a got entry. */
4706 *tls_mask
|= tls_set
;
4707 *tls_mask
&= ~tls_clear
;
4710 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
4717 /* Return true if we have dynamic relocs against H or any of its weak
4718 aliases, that apply to read-only sections. Cannot be used after
4719 size_dynamic_sections. */
4722 alias_readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
4724 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
4727 if (_bfd_elf_readonly_dynrelocs (&eh
->elf
))
4729 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (eh
->elf
.u
.alias
);
4730 } while (eh
!= NULL
&& &eh
->elf
!= h
);
4735 /* Return whether H has pc-relative dynamic relocs. */
4738 pc_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
4740 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
4742 for (p
= h
->dyn_relocs
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
4743 if (p
->pc_count
!= 0)
4748 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
4749 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
4750 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
4751 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
4755 ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4756 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
4758 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4762 fprintf (stderr
, "ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol called for %s\n",
4763 h
->root
.root
.string
);
4766 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
4767 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
4768 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->elf
.dynobj
!= NULL
4770 || h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
4774 && !h
->def_regular
)));
4776 /* Deal with function syms. */
4777 if (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
4778 || h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
4781 bfd_boolean local
= (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
)
4782 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
));
4783 /* Discard dyn_relocs when non-pic if we've decided that a
4784 function symbol is local. */
4785 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
) && local
)
4786 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
4788 /* Clear procedure linkage table information for any symbol that
4789 won't need a .plt entry. */
4790 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
4791 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
4792 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
4795 || (h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
4797 && (htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
4798 || (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
4799 & (TLS_TLS
| PLT_KEEP
)) != PLT_KEEP
)))
4801 /* A PLT entry is not required/allowed when:
4803 1. We are not using ld.so; because then the PLT entry
4804 can't be set up, so we can't use one. In this case,
4805 ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol won't even be called.
4807 2. GC has rendered the entry unused.
4809 3. We know for certain that a call to this symbol
4810 will go to this object, or will remain undefined. */
4811 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
4813 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 0;
4817 /* Taking a function's address in a read/write section
4818 doesn't require us to define the function symbol in the
4819 executable on a plt call stub. A dynamic reloc can
4820 be used instead, giving better runtime performance.
4821 (Calls via that function pointer don't need to bounce
4822 through the plt call stub.) Similarly, use a dynamic
4823 reloc for a weak reference when possible, allowing the
4824 resolution of the symbol to be set at load time rather
4826 if ((h
->pointer_equality_needed
4828 && !h
->ref_regular_nonweak
4829 && !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
)))
4830 && htab
->elf
.target_os
!= is_vxworks
4831 && !ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
4832 && !_bfd_elf_readonly_dynrelocs (h
))
4834 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 0;
4835 /* If we haven't seen a branch reloc and the symbol
4836 isn't an ifunc then we don't need a plt entry. */
4837 if (!h
->needs_plt
&& h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
4838 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
4840 else if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
4841 /* We are going to be defining the function symbol on the
4842 plt stub, so no dyn_relocs needed when non-pic. */
4843 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
4845 h
->protected_def
= 0;
4846 /* Function symbols can't have copy relocs. */
4850 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
4852 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
4853 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
4854 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
4855 if (h
->is_weakalias
)
4857 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*def
= weakdef (h
);
4858 BFD_ASSERT (def
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
);
4859 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= def
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
4860 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= def
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
4861 if (def
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynbss
4862 || def
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
4863 || def
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->dynsbss
)
4864 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
4868 /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
4869 is not a function. */
4871 /* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the
4872 only references to the symbol are via the global offset table.
4873 For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will
4874 be handled correctly by relocate_section. */
4875 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
4877 h
->protected_def
= 0;
4881 /* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the
4882 GOT, we don't need to generate a copy reloc. */
4883 if (!h
->non_got_ref
)
4885 h
->protected_def
= 0;
4889 /* Protected variables do not work with .dynbss. The copy in
4890 .dynbss won't be used by the shared library with the protected
4891 definition for the variable. Editing to PIC, or text relocations
4892 are preferable to an incorrect program. */
4893 if (h
->protected_def
)
4895 if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
4896 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_ha
4897 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_lo
4898 && htab
->params
->pic_fixup
== 0
4899 && info
->disable_target_specific_optimizations
<= 1)
4900 htab
->params
->pic_fixup
= 1;
4904 /* If -z nocopyreloc was given, we won't generate them either. */
4905 if (info
->nocopyreloc
)
4908 /* If we don't find any dynamic relocs in read-only sections, then
4909 we'll be keeping the dynamic relocs and avoiding the copy reloc.
4910 We can't do this if there are any small data relocations. This
4911 doesn't work on VxWorks, where we can not have dynamic
4912 relocations (other than copy and jump slot relocations) in an
4914 if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
4915 && !ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
4916 && htab
->elf
.target_os
!= is_vxworks
4918 && !alias_readonly_dynrelocs (h
))
4921 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
4922 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
4923 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
4924 object will contain position independent code, so all references
4925 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
4926 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
4927 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
4928 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
4929 same memory location for the variable.
4931 Of course, if the symbol is referenced using SDAREL relocs, we
4932 must instead allocate it in .sbss. */
4933 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
)
4935 else if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0)
4936 s
= htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
;
4938 s
= htab
->elf
.sdynbss
;
4939 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
4941 if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0 && h
->size
!= 0)
4945 /* We must generate a R_PPC_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic
4946 linker to copy the initial value out of the dynamic object
4947 and into the runtime process image. */
4948 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
)
4949 srel
= htab
->relsbss
;
4950 else if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0)
4951 srel
= htab
->elf
.sreldynrelro
;
4953 srel
= htab
->elf
.srelbss
;
4954 BFD_ASSERT (srel
!= NULL
);
4955 srel
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
4959 /* We no longer want dyn_relocs. */
4960 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
4961 return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (info
, h
, s
);
4964 /* Generate a symbol to mark plt call stubs. For non-PIC code the sym is
4965 xxxxxxxx.plt_call32.<callee> where xxxxxxxx is a hex number, usually 0,
4966 specifying the addend on the plt relocation. For -fpic code, the sym
4967 is xxxxxxxx.plt_pic32.<callee>, and for -fPIC
4968 xxxxxxxx.got2.plt_pic32.<callee>. */
4971 add_stub_sym (struct plt_entry
*ent
,
4972 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
4973 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4975 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sh
;
4976 size_t len1
, len2
, len3
;
4979 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
4981 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
4982 stub
= ".plt_pic32.";
4984 stub
= ".plt_call32.";
4986 len1
= strlen (h
->root
.root
.string
);
4987 len2
= strlen (stub
);
4990 len3
= strlen (ent
->sec
->name
);
4991 name
= bfd_malloc (len1
+ len2
+ len3
+ 9);
4994 sprintf (name
, "%08x", (unsigned) ent
->addend
& 0xffffffff);
4996 memcpy (name
+ 8, ent
->sec
->name
, len3
);
4997 memcpy (name
+ 8 + len3
, stub
, len2
);
4998 memcpy (name
+ 8 + len3
+ len2
, h
->root
.root
.string
, len1
+ 1);
4999 sh
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, name
, TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
5002 if (sh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
5004 sh
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
5005 sh
->root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->glink
;
5006 sh
->root
.u
.def
.value
= ent
->glink_offset
;
5007 sh
->ref_regular
= 1;
5008 sh
->def_regular
= 1;
5009 sh
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
5010 sh
->forced_local
= 1;
5012 sh
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
5017 /* Allocate NEED contiguous space in .got, and return the offset.
5018 Handles allocation of the got header when crossing 32k. */
5021 allocate_got (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
, unsigned int need
)
5024 unsigned int max_before_header
;
5026 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_VXWORKS
)
5028 where
= htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
;
5029 htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
+= need
;
5033 max_before_header
= htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
? 32768 : 32764;
5034 if (need
<= htab
->got_gap
)
5036 where
= max_before_header
- htab
->got_gap
;
5037 htab
->got_gap
-= need
;
5041 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
+ need
> max_before_header
5042 && htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
<= max_before_header
)
5044 htab
->got_gap
= max_before_header
- htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
;
5045 htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
= max_before_header
+ htab
->got_header_size
;
5047 where
= htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
;
5048 htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
+= need
;
5054 /* Calculate size of GOT entries for symbol given its TLS_MASK.
5055 TLS_LD is excluded because those go in a special GOT slot. */
5057 static inline unsigned int
5058 got_entries_needed (int tls_mask
)
5061 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) == 0)
5066 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) != 0)
5068 if ((tls_mask
& (TLS_TPREL
| TLS_GDIE
)) != 0)
5070 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_DTPREL
) != 0)
5076 /* If H is undefined, make it dynamic if that makes sense. */
5079 ensure_undef_dynamic (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5080 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5082 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
5084 if (htab
->dynamic_sections_created
5085 && ((info
->dynamic_undefined_weak
!= 0
5086 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5087 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
5090 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
5091 return bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
);
5095 /* Allocate space in associated reloc sections for dynamic relocs. */
5098 allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
5100 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= inf
;
5101 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
5102 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
5103 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
5106 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
5109 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
5110 eh
= (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
5111 if (eh
->elf
.got
.refcount
> 0
5112 || (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
5113 && !eh
->elf
.def_regular
5114 && eh
->elf
.protected_def
5115 && eh
->has_addr16_ha
5116 && eh
->has_addr16_lo
5117 && htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0))
5121 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */
5122 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info
, &eh
->elf
))
5126 if ((eh
->tls_mask
& (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
)) == (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
5128 if (SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &eh
->elf
))
5129 /* We'll just use htab->tlsld_got.offset. This should
5130 always be the case. It's a little odd if we have
5131 a local dynamic reloc against a non-local symbol. */
5132 htab
->tlsld_got
.refcount
+= 1;
5136 need
+= got_entries_needed (eh
->tls_mask
);
5138 eh
->elf
.got
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5141 eh
->elf
.got
.offset
= allocate_got (htab
, need
);
5142 if (((bfd_link_pic (info
)
5143 && !((eh
->tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
5144 && bfd_link_executable (info
)
5145 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &eh
->elf
)))
5146 || (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
5147 && eh
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1
5148 && !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &eh
->elf
)))
5149 && !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, &eh
->elf
))
5153 need
*= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
) / 4;
5154 if ((eh
->tls_mask
& (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
)) == (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
5155 need
-= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5156 rsec
= htab
->elf
.srelgot
;
5157 if (eh
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
5158 rsec
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
5164 eh
->elf
.got
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5166 /* If no dynamic sections we can't have dynamic relocs, except for
5167 IFUNCs which are handled even in static executables. */
5168 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
5169 && h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
5170 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
5172 /* Discard relocs on undefined symbols that must be local. */
5173 else if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
5174 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
)
5175 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
5177 /* Also discard relocs on undefined weak syms with non-default
5178 visibility, or when dynamic_undefined_weak says so. */
5179 else if (UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
))
5180 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
5182 if (h
->dyn_relocs
== NULL
)
5185 /* In the shared -Bsymbolic case, discard space allocated for
5186 dynamic pc-relative relocs against symbols which turn out to be
5187 defined in regular objects. For the normal shared case, discard
5188 space for relocs that have become local due to symbol visibility
5190 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
5192 /* Relocs that use pc_count are those that appear on a call insn,
5193 or certain REL relocs (see must_be_dyn_reloc) that can be
5194 generated via assembly. We want calls to protected symbols to
5195 resolve directly to the function rather than going via the plt.
5196 If people want function pointer comparisons to work as expected
5197 then they should avoid writing weird assembly. */
5198 if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
))
5200 struct elf_dyn_relocs
**pp
;
5202 for (pp
= &h
->dyn_relocs
; (p
= *pp
) != NULL
; )
5204 p
->count
-= p
->pc_count
;
5213 if (htab
->elf
.target_os
== is_vxworks
)
5215 struct elf_dyn_relocs
**pp
;
5217 for (pp
= &h
->dyn_relocs
; (p
= *pp
) != NULL
; )
5219 if (strcmp (p
->sec
->output_section
->name
, ".tls_vars") == 0)
5226 if (h
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
5228 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */
5229 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info
, h
))
5233 else if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
)
5235 /* For the non-pic case, discard space for relocs against
5236 symbols which turn out to need copy relocs or are not
5238 if (h
->dynamic_adjusted
5240 && !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
)
5241 && !(h
->protected_def
5242 && eh
->has_addr16_ha
5243 && eh
->has_addr16_lo
5244 && htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0))
5246 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */
5247 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info
, h
))
5250 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
5251 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
5254 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
5257 /* Allocate space. */
5258 for (p
= h
->dyn_relocs
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
5260 asection
*sreloc
= elf_section_data (p
->sec
)->sreloc
;
5261 if (eh
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
5262 sreloc
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
5263 sreloc
->size
+= p
->count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5266 /* Handle PLT relocs. Done last, after dynindx has settled.
5267 We might need a PLT entry when the symbol
5270 c) has plt16 relocs and has been processed by adjust_dynamic_symbol, or
5271 d) has plt16 relocs and we are linking statically. */
5272 dyn
= htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
&& h
->dynindx
!= -1;
5274 || h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
5275 || (h
->needs_plt
&& h
->dynamic_adjusted
)
5278 && !htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
5279 && !htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
5280 && (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
5281 & (TLS_TLS
| PLT_KEEP
)) == PLT_KEEP
))
5283 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
5284 bfd_boolean doneone
= FALSE
;
5285 bfd_vma plt_offset
= 0, glink_offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5287 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
5288 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
5290 asection
*s
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
5294 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
5300 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
|| !dyn
)
5304 plt_offset
= s
->size
;
5307 ent
->plt
.offset
= plt_offset
;
5309 if (s
== htab
->pltlocal
)
5310 ent
->glink_offset
= glink_offset
;
5314 if (!doneone
|| bfd_link_pic (info
))
5316 glink_offset
= s
->size
;
5317 s
->size
+= GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
, h
);
5320 && !bfd_link_pic (info
)
5324 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
5325 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= glink_offset
;
5327 ent
->glink_offset
= glink_offset
;
5329 if (htab
->params
->emit_stub_syms
5330 && !add_stub_sym (ent
, h
, info
))
5338 /* If this is the first .plt entry, make room
5339 for the special first entry. */
5341 s
->size
+= htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
;
5343 /* The PowerPC PLT is actually composed of two
5344 parts, the first part is 2 words (for a load
5345 and a jump), and then there is a remaining
5346 word available at the end. */
5347 plt_offset
= (htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
5348 + (htab
->plt_slot_size
5350 - htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
)
5351 / htab
->plt_entry_size
)));
5353 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular
5354 file, and we are not generating a shared
5355 library, then set the symbol to this location
5356 in the .plt. This is to avoid text
5357 relocations, and is required to make
5358 function pointers compare as equal between
5359 the normal executable and the shared library. */
5360 if (! bfd_link_pic (info
)
5364 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
5365 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= plt_offset
;
5368 /* Make room for this entry. */
5369 s
->size
+= htab
->plt_entry_size
;
5370 /* After the 8192nd entry, room for two entries
5372 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
5373 && (s
->size
- htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
)
5374 / htab
->plt_entry_size
5375 > PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES
)
5376 s
->size
+= htab
->plt_entry_size
;
5378 ent
->plt
.offset
= plt_offset
;
5381 /* We also need to make an entry in the .rela.plt section. */
5386 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
5388 s
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
5389 s
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5391 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
5393 s
= htab
->relpltlocal
;
5394 s
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5399 htab
->elf
.srelplt
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5401 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_VXWORKS
)
5403 /* Allocate space for the unloaded relocations. */
5404 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
5405 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
5408 == (bfd_vma
) htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
)
5410 htab
->srelplt2
->size
5411 += (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)
5412 * VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS
);
5415 htab
->srelplt2
->size
5416 += (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)
5417 * VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS
);
5420 /* Every PLT entry has an associated GOT entry in
5422 htab
->elf
.sgotplt
->size
+= 4;
5429 ent
->plt
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5433 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
5439 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
5446 static const unsigned char glink_eh_frame_cie
[] =
5448 0, 0, 0, 16, /* length. */
5449 0, 0, 0, 0, /* id. */
5450 1, /* CIE version. */
5451 'z', 'R', 0, /* Augmentation string. */
5452 4, /* Code alignment. */
5453 0x7c, /* Data alignment. */
5455 1, /* Augmentation size. */
5456 DW_EH_PE_pcrel
| DW_EH_PE_sdata4
, /* FDE encoding. */
5457 DW_CFA_def_cfa
, 1, 0 /* def_cfa: r1 offset 0. */
5460 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
5463 ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
5464 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5466 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
5472 fprintf (stderr
, "ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections called\n");
5475 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
5476 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->elf
.dynobj
!= NULL
);
5478 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
5480 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
5481 if (bfd_link_executable (info
) && !info
->nointerp
)
5483 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, ".interp");
5484 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
5485 s
->size
= sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER
;
5486 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER
;
5490 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
)
5491 htab
->got_header_size
= 16;
5492 else if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
)
5493 htab
->got_header_size
= 12;
5495 /* Set up .got offsets for local syms, and space for local dynamic
5497 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
5499 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got
;
5500 bfd_signed_vma
*end_local_got
;
5501 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
5502 struct plt_entry
**end_local_plt
;
5504 bfd_size_type locsymcount
;
5505 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
5507 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd
))
5510 for (s
= ibfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
5512 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*p
;
5514 for (p
= ((struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*)
5515 elf_section_data (s
)->local_dynrel
);
5519 if (!bfd_is_abs_section (p
->sec
)
5520 && bfd_is_abs_section (p
->sec
->output_section
))
5522 /* Input section has been discarded, either because
5523 it is a copy of a linkonce section or due to
5524 linker script /DISCARD/, so we'll be discarding
5527 else if (htab
->elf
.target_os
== is_vxworks
5528 && strcmp (p
->sec
->output_section
->name
,
5531 /* Relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections are
5532 handled specially by the loader. */
5534 else if (p
->count
!= 0)
5536 asection
*sreloc
= elf_section_data (p
->sec
)->sreloc
;
5538 sreloc
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
5539 sreloc
->size
+= p
->count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5540 if ((p
->sec
->output_section
->flags
5541 & (SEC_READONLY
| SEC_ALLOC
))
5542 == (SEC_READONLY
| SEC_ALLOC
))
5544 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
5545 info
->callbacks
->minfo (_("%pB: dynamic relocation in read-only section `%pA'\n"),
5546 p
->sec
->owner
, p
->sec
);
5552 local_got
= elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd
);
5556 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
5557 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5558 end_local_got
= local_got
+ locsymcount
;
5559 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) end_local_got
;
5560 end_local_plt
= local_plt
+ locsymcount
;
5561 lgot_masks
= (char *) end_local_plt
;
5563 for (; local_got
< end_local_got
; ++local_got
, ++lgot_masks
)
5567 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
)) == (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
5568 htab
->tlsld_got
.refcount
+= 1;
5569 need
= got_entries_needed (*lgot_masks
);
5571 *local_got
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5574 *local_got
= allocate_got (htab
, need
);
5575 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
5576 && !((*lgot_masks
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
5577 && bfd_link_executable (info
)))
5581 need
*= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
) / 4;
5582 srel
= htab
->elf
.srelgot
;
5583 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_IFUNC
)) == PLT_IFUNC
)
5584 srel
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
5590 *local_got
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5592 if (htab
->elf
.target_os
== is_vxworks
)
5595 /* Allocate space for calls to local STT_GNU_IFUNC syms in .iplt. */
5596 lgot_masks
= (char *) end_local_plt
;
5597 for (; local_plt
< end_local_plt
; ++local_plt
, ++lgot_masks
)
5599 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
5600 bfd_boolean doneone
= FALSE
;
5601 bfd_vma plt_offset
= 0, glink_offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5603 for (ent
= *local_plt
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
5604 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
5606 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_IFUNC
)) == PLT_IFUNC
)
5608 else if (htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
5609 || (*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_KEEP
)) != PLT_KEEP
)
5611 ent
->plt
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5619 plt_offset
= s
->size
;
5622 ent
->plt
.offset
= plt_offset
;
5624 if (s
!= htab
->pltlocal
&& (!doneone
|| bfd_link_pic (info
)))
5627 glink_offset
= s
->size
;
5628 s
->size
+= GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
, NULL
);
5630 ent
->glink_offset
= glink_offset
;
5634 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_IFUNC
)) == PLT_IFUNC
)
5636 s
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
5637 s
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5639 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
5641 s
= htab
->relpltlocal
;
5642 s
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5648 ent
->plt
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5652 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
5653 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
), allocate_dynrelocs
, info
);
5655 if (htab
->tlsld_got
.refcount
> 0)
5657 htab
->tlsld_got
.offset
= allocate_got (htab
, 8);
5658 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
5659 htab
->elf
.srelgot
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5662 htab
->tlsld_got
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5664 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
!= NULL
&& htab
->plt_type
!= PLT_VXWORKS
)
5666 unsigned int g_o_t
= 32768;
5668 /* If we haven't allocated the header, do so now. When we get here,
5669 for old plt/got the got size will be 0 to 32764 (not allocated),
5670 or 32780 to 65536 (header allocated). For new plt/got, the
5671 corresponding ranges are 0 to 32768 and 32780 to 65536. */
5672 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
<= 32768)
5674 g_o_t
= htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
;
5675 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
)
5677 htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
+= htab
->got_header_size
;
5680 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
= g_o_t
;
5682 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
5684 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= htab
->sdata
[0].sym
;
5686 sda
->root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
5687 sda
->root
.u
.def
.value
= htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
5689 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
5691 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= htab
->sdata
[0].sym
;
5693 if (sda
!= NULL
&& sda
->ref_regular
)
5694 sda
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5695 sda
= htab
->sdata
[1].sym
;
5696 if (sda
!= NULL
&& sda
->ref_regular
)
5697 sda
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5700 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
5701 && htab
->glink
->size
!= 0
5702 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
5704 htab
->glink_pltresolve
= htab
->glink
->size
;
5705 /* Space for the branch table. */
5707 += htab
->elf
.srelplt
->size
/ (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
) / 4) - 4;
5708 /* Pad out to align the start of PLTresolve. */
5709 htab
->glink
->size
+= -htab
->glink
->size
& (htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
5711 htab
->glink
->size
+= GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
;
5713 if (htab
->params
->emit_stub_syms
)
5715 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sh
;
5716 sh
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__glink",
5717 TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
5720 if (sh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
5722 sh
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
5723 sh
->root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->glink
;
5724 sh
->root
.u
.def
.value
= htab
->glink_pltresolve
;
5725 sh
->ref_regular
= 1;
5726 sh
->def_regular
= 1;
5727 sh
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
5728 sh
->forced_local
= 1;
5730 sh
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
5732 sh
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__glink_PLTresolve",
5733 TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
5736 if (sh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
5738 sh
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
5739 sh
->root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->glink
;
5740 sh
->root
.u
.def
.value
= htab
->glink
->size
- GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
;
5741 sh
->ref_regular
= 1;
5742 sh
->def_regular
= 1;
5743 sh
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
5744 sh
->forced_local
= 1;
5746 sh
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
5751 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
5752 && htab
->glink
->size
!= 0
5753 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
5754 && !bfd_is_abs_section (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
)
5755 && _bfd_elf_eh_frame_present (info
))
5757 s
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
;
5758 s
->size
= sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
) + 20;
5759 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
5762 if (htab
->glink
->size
- GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
+ 8 >= 256)
5767 /* We've now determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections.
5768 Allocate memory for them. */
5770 for (s
= htab
->elf
.dynobj
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
5772 bfd_boolean strip_section
= TRUE
;
5774 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
5777 if (s
== htab
->elf
.splt
5778 || s
== htab
->elf
.sgot
)
5780 /* We'd like to strip these sections if they aren't needed, but if
5781 we've exported dynamic symbols from them we must leave them.
5782 It's too late to tell BFD to get rid of the symbols. */
5783 if (htab
->elf
.hplt
!= NULL
)
5784 strip_section
= FALSE
;
5785 /* Strip this section if we don't need it; see the
5788 else if (s
== htab
->elf
.iplt
5789 || s
== htab
->pltlocal
5791 || s
== htab
->glink_eh_frame
5792 || s
== htab
->elf
.sgotplt
5794 || s
== htab
->elf
.sdynbss
5795 || s
== htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
5796 || s
== htab
->dynsbss
)
5798 /* Strip these too. */
5800 else if (s
== htab
->sdata
[0].section
5801 || s
== htab
->sdata
[1].section
)
5803 strip_section
= (s
->flags
& SEC_KEEP
) == 0;
5805 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (bfd_section_name (s
), ".rela"))
5809 /* Remember whether there are any relocation sections. */
5812 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
5813 to copy relocs into the output file. */
5819 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
5823 if (s
->size
== 0 && strip_section
)
5825 /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the
5826 output file. This is mostly to handle .rela.bss and
5827 .rela.plt. We must create both sections in
5828 create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created
5829 before the linker maps input sections to output
5830 sections. The linker does that before
5831 adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that
5832 function which decides whether anything needs to go
5833 into these sections. */
5834 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
5838 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
5841 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
5842 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, s
->size
);
5843 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
5847 if (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
5849 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
5850 values later, in ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
5851 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
5852 the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
5853 dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */
5854 #define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) \
5855 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL)
5857 if (!_bfd_elf_maybe_vxworks_add_dynamic_tags (output_bfd
, info
,
5861 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
5862 && htab
->glink
!= NULL
5863 && htab
->glink
->size
!= 0)
5865 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC_GOT
, 0))
5867 if (!htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_opt
5868 && htab
->tls_get_addr
!= NULL
5869 && htab
->tls_get_addr
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
5870 && !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC_OPT
, PPC_OPT_TLS
))
5874 #undef add_dynamic_entry
5876 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
5877 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
!= NULL
)
5879 unsigned char *p
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
5882 memcpy (p
, glink_eh_frame_cie
, sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
));
5883 /* CIE length (rewrite in case little-endian). */
5884 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
) - 4, p
);
5885 p
+= sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
);
5887 val
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
- 4 - sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
);
5888 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, val
, p
);
5891 val
= p
- htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
5892 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, val
, p
);
5894 /* Offset to .glink. Set later. */
5897 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, htab
->glink
->size
, p
);
5902 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
5903 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
5905 bfd_vma adv
= (htab
->glink
->size
- GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
+ 8) >> 2;
5907 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ adv
;
5910 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc1
;
5913 else if (adv
< 65536)
5915 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc2
;
5916 bfd_put_16 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, adv
, p
);
5921 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc4
;
5922 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, adv
, p
);
5925 *p
++ = DW_CFA_register
;
5928 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ 4;
5929 *p
++ = DW_CFA_restore_extended
;
5932 BFD_ASSERT ((bfd_vma
) ((p
+ 3 - htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
) & -4)
5933 == htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
);
5939 /* Arrange to have _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_ stripped from the output
5940 if it looks like nothing is using them. */
5943 maybe_strip_sdasym (bfd
*output_bfd
, elf_linker_section_t
*lsect
)
5945 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= lsect
->sym
;
5947 if (sda
!= NULL
&& !sda
->ref_regular
&& sda
->dynindx
== -1)
5951 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, lsect
->name
);
5952 if (s
== NULL
|| bfd_section_removed_from_list (output_bfd
, s
))
5954 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, lsect
->bss_name
);
5955 if (s
== NULL
|| bfd_section_removed_from_list (output_bfd
, s
))
5957 sda
->def_regular
= 0;
5958 /* This is somewhat magic. See elf_link_output_extsym. */
5959 sda
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
5960 sda
->forced_local
= 0;
5967 ppc_elf_maybe_strip_sdata_syms (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5969 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
5973 maybe_strip_sdasym (info
->output_bfd
, &htab
->sdata
[0]);
5974 maybe_strip_sdasym (info
->output_bfd
, &htab
->sdata
[1]);
5979 /* Return TRUE if symbol should be hashed in the `.gnu.hash' section. */
5982 ppc_elf_hash_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5984 if (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
5986 && (!h
->pointer_equality_needed
5987 || !h
->ref_regular_nonweak
))
5990 return _bfd_elf_hash_symbol (h
);
5993 #define ARRAY_SIZE(a) (sizeof (a) / sizeof ((a)[0]))
5995 /* Relaxation trampolines. r12 is available for clobbering (r11, is
5996 used for some functions that are allowed to break the ABI). */
5997 static const int shared_stub_entry
[] =
5999 0x7c0802a6, /* mflr 0 */
6000 0x429f0005, /* bcl 20, 31, .Lxxx */
6001 0x7d8802a6, /* mflr 12 */
6002 0x3d8c0000, /* addis 12, 12, (xxx-.Lxxx)@ha */
6003 0x398c0000, /* addi 12, 12, (xxx-.Lxxx)@l */
6004 0x7c0803a6, /* mtlr 0 */
6005 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr 12 */
6006 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
6009 static const int stub_entry
[] =
6011 0x3d800000, /* lis 12,xxx@ha */
6012 0x398c0000, /* addi 12,12,xxx@l */
6013 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr 12 */
6014 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
6017 struct ppc_elf_relax_info
6019 unsigned int workaround_size
;
6020 unsigned int picfixup_size
;
6023 /* This function implements long branch trampolines, and the ppc476
6024 icache bug workaround. Any section needing trampolines or patch
6025 space for the workaround has its size extended so that we can
6026 add trampolines at the end of the section. */
6029 ppc_elf_relax_section (bfd
*abfd
,
6031 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
6034 struct one_branch_fixup
6036 struct one_branch_fixup
*next
;
6038 /* Final link, can use the symbol offset. For a
6039 relocatable link we use the symbol's index. */
6044 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
6045 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
6046 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
6047 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
= NULL
;
6048 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
= NULL
;
6049 struct one_branch_fixup
*branch_fixups
= NULL
;
6050 struct ppc_elf_relax_info
*relax_info
= NULL
;
6051 unsigned changes
= 0;
6052 bfd_boolean workaround_change
;
6053 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6054 bfd_size_type trampbase
, trampoff
, newsize
, picfixup_size
;
6056 bfd_boolean maybe_pasted
;
6060 /* No need to do anything with non-alloc or non-code sections. */
6061 if ((isec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0
6062 || (isec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0
6063 || (isec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0
6067 /* We cannot represent the required PIC relocs in the output, so don't
6068 do anything. The linker doesn't support mixing -shared and -r
6070 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
) && bfd_link_pic (link_info
))
6073 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (link_info
);
6077 isec
->size
= (isec
->size
+ 3) & -4;
6078 if (isec
->rawsize
== 0)
6079 isec
->rawsize
= isec
->size
;
6080 trampbase
= isec
->size
;
6082 BFD_ASSERT (isec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_NONE
6083 || isec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
);
6084 isec
->sec_info_type
= SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
;
6086 if (htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
6087 || htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0)
6089 if (elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
== NULL
)
6091 elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
6092 = bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct ppc_elf_relax_info
));
6093 if (elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
== NULL
)
6096 relax_info
= elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
;
6097 trampbase
-= relax_info
->workaround_size
;
6100 maybe_pasted
= (strcmp (isec
->output_section
->name
, ".init") == 0
6101 || strcmp (isec
->output_section
->name
, ".fini") == 0);
6102 /* Space for a branch around any trampolines. */
6103 trampoff
= trampbase
;
6104 if (maybe_pasted
&& trampbase
== isec
->rawsize
)
6107 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
);
6109 if (htab
->params
->branch_trampolines
6110 || htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0)
6112 /* Get a copy of the native relocations. */
6113 if (isec
->reloc_count
!= 0)
6115 internal_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, isec
, NULL
, NULL
,
6116 link_info
->keep_memory
);
6117 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
6121 got2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".got2");
6123 irelend
= internal_relocs
+ isec
->reloc_count
;
6124 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
6126 unsigned long r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
);
6129 struct one_branch_fixup
*f
;
6130 size_t insn_offset
= 0;
6131 bfd_vma max_branch_offset
= 0, val
;
6134 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6135 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
6136 struct plt_entry
**plist
;
6137 unsigned char sym_type
;
6142 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
:
6143 case R_PPC_PLTREL24
:
6145 max_branch_offset
= 1 << 25;
6149 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
6150 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
6151 max_branch_offset
= 1 << 15;
6154 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
:
6155 if (htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0)
6163 /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc. */
6164 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &isym
, &tsec
, NULL
, &isymbuf
,
6165 ELF32_R_SYM (irel
->r_info
), abfd
))
6172 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
6173 tsec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
6177 toff
= isym
->st_value
;
6178 sym_type
= ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
);
6183 toff
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
6184 else if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
6185 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6189 indx
= ELF32_R_SYM (irel
->r_info
) - symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
6190 tsec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
6191 toff
= bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
) ? indx
: 0;
6196 /* If this branch is to __tls_get_addr then we may later
6197 optimise away the call. We won't be needing a long-
6198 branch stub in that case. */
6199 if (bfd_link_executable (link_info
)
6200 && h
== htab
->tls_get_addr
6201 && irel
!= internal_relocs
)
6203 unsigned long t_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (irel
[-1].r_info
);
6204 unsigned long t_rtype
= ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
[-1].r_info
);
6205 unsigned int tls_mask
= 0;
6207 /* The previous reloc should be one of R_PPC_TLSGD or
6208 R_PPC_TLSLD, or for older object files, a reloc
6209 on the __tls_get_addr arg setup insn. Get tls
6210 mask bits from the symbol on that reloc. */
6211 if (t_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
6213 bfd_vma
*local_got_offsets
= elf_local_got_offsets (abfd
);
6215 if (local_got_offsets
!= NULL
)
6217 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
6218 (local_got_offsets
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
6219 char *lgot_masks
= (char *)
6220 (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
6221 tls_mask
= lgot_masks
[t_symndx
];
6226 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*th
6227 = elf_sym_hashes (abfd
)[t_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
6229 while (th
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
6230 || th
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
6231 th
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) th
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
6234 = ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) th
)->tls_mask
;
6237 /* The mask bits tell us if the call will be
6239 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0
6240 && (t_rtype
== R_PPC_TLSGD
6241 || t_rtype
== R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
6242 || t_rtype
== R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
))
6244 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0
6245 && (t_rtype
== R_PPC_TLSLD
6246 || t_rtype
== R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
6247 || t_rtype
== R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
))
6254 if (r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
)
6259 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_ha
6260 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_lo
)
6261 picfixup_size
+= 12;
6265 /* The condition here under which we call find_plt_ent must
6266 match that in relocate_section. If we call find_plt_ent here
6267 but not in relocate_section, or vice versa, then the branch
6268 destination used here may be incorrect. */
6272 /* We know is_branch_reloc (r_type) is true. */
6273 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
6274 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
6275 plist
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
6277 else if (sym_type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
6278 && elf_local_got_offsets (abfd
) != NULL
)
6280 bfd_vma
*local_got_offsets
= elf_local_got_offsets (abfd
);
6281 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
6282 (local_got_offsets
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
6283 plist
= local_plt
+ ELF32_R_SYM (irel
->r_info
);
6288 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
6290 if (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
&& bfd_link_pic (link_info
))
6291 addend
= irel
->r_addend
;
6292 ent
= find_plt_ent (plist
, got2
, addend
);
6295 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
6297 || !htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
6298 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
6301 toff
= ent
->glink_offset
;
6305 tsec
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
6306 toff
= ent
->plt
.offset
;
6311 /* If the branch and target are in the same section, you have
6312 no hope of adding stubs. We'll error out later should the
6317 /* toff is used for the symbol index when the symbol is
6318 undefined and we're doing a relocatable link, so we can't
6319 support addends. It would be possible to do so by
6320 putting the addend in one_branch_fixup but addends on
6321 branches are rare so it hardly seems worth supporting. */
6322 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
)
6323 && tsec
== bfd_und_section_ptr
6324 && r_type
!= R_PPC_PLTREL24
6325 && irel
->r_addend
!= 0)
6328 /* There probably isn't any reason to handle symbols in
6329 SEC_MERGE sections; SEC_MERGE doesn't seem a likely
6330 attribute for a code section, and we are only looking at
6331 branches. However, implement it correctly here as a
6332 reference for other target relax_section functions. */
6333 if (0 && tsec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
6335 /* At this stage in linking, no SEC_MERGE symbol has been
6336 adjusted, so all references to such symbols need to be
6337 passed through _bfd_merged_section_offset. (Later, in
6338 relocate_section, all SEC_MERGE symbols *except* for
6339 section symbols have been adjusted.)
6341 gas may reduce relocations against symbols in SEC_MERGE
6342 sections to a relocation against the section symbol when
6343 the original addend was zero. When the reloc is against
6344 a section symbol we should include the addend in the
6345 offset passed to _bfd_merged_section_offset, since the
6346 location of interest is the original symbol. On the
6347 other hand, an access to "sym+addend" where "sym" is not
6348 a section symbol should not include the addend; Such an
6349 access is presumed to be an offset from "sym"; The
6350 location of interest is just "sym". */
6351 if (sym_type
== STT_SECTION
6352 && r_type
!= R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
6353 toff
+= irel
->r_addend
;
6356 = _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, &tsec
,
6357 elf_section_data (tsec
)->sec_info
,
6360 if (sym_type
!= STT_SECTION
6361 && r_type
!= R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
6362 toff
+= irel
->r_addend
;
6364 /* PLTREL24 addends are special. */
6365 else if (r_type
!= R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
6366 toff
+= irel
->r_addend
;
6368 /* Attempted -shared link of non-pic code loses. */
6369 if ((!bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
)
6370 && tsec
== bfd_und_section_ptr
)
6371 || tsec
->output_section
== NULL
6372 || (tsec
->owner
!= NULL
6373 && (tsec
->owner
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0))
6376 roff
= irel
->r_offset
;
6378 /* Avoid creating a lot of unnecessary fixups when
6379 relocatable if the output section size is such that a
6380 fixup can be created at final link.
6381 The max_branch_offset adjustment allows for some number
6382 of other fixups being needed at final link. */
6383 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
)
6384 && (isec
->output_section
->rawsize
- (isec
->output_offset
+ roff
)
6385 < max_branch_offset
- (max_branch_offset
>> 4)))
6388 /* If the branch is in range, no need to do anything. */
6389 if (tsec
!= bfd_und_section_ptr
6390 && (!bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
)
6391 /* A relocatable link may have sections moved during
6392 final link, so do not presume they remain in range. */
6393 || tsec
->output_section
== isec
->output_section
))
6395 bfd_vma symaddr
, reladdr
;
6397 symaddr
= tsec
->output_section
->vma
+ tsec
->output_offset
+ toff
;
6398 reladdr
= isec
->output_section
->vma
+ isec
->output_offset
+ roff
;
6399 if (symaddr
- reladdr
+ max_branch_offset
6400 < 2 * max_branch_offset
)
6404 /* Look for an existing fixup to this address. */
6405 for (f
= branch_fixups
; f
; f
= f
->next
)
6406 if (f
->tsec
== tsec
&& f
->toff
== toff
)
6412 unsigned long stub_rtype
;
6414 val
= trampoff
- roff
;
6415 if (val
>= max_branch_offset
)
6416 /* Oh dear, we can't reach a trampoline. Don't try to add
6417 one. We'll report an error later. */
6420 if (bfd_link_pic (link_info
))
6422 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (shared_stub_entry
);
6427 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (stub_entry
);
6430 stub_rtype
= R_PPC_RELAX
;
6431 if (tsec
== htab
->elf
.splt
6432 || tsec
== htab
->glink
)
6434 stub_rtype
= R_PPC_RELAX_PLT
;
6435 if (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
6436 stub_rtype
= R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
;
6439 /* Hijack the old relocation. Since we need two
6440 relocations for this use a "composite" reloc. */
6441 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (ELF32_R_SYM (irel
->r_info
),
6443 irel
->r_offset
= trampoff
+ insn_offset
;
6444 if (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
6445 && stub_rtype
!= R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
)
6448 /* Record the fixup so we don't do it again this section. */
6449 f
= bfd_malloc (sizeof (*f
));
6450 f
->next
= branch_fixups
;
6453 f
->trampoff
= trampoff
;
6461 val
= f
->trampoff
- roff
;
6462 if (val
>= max_branch_offset
)
6465 /* Nop out the reloc, since we're finalizing things here. */
6466 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_NONE
);
6469 /* Get the section contents. */
6470 if (contents
== NULL
)
6472 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
6473 if (elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
6474 contents
= elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
6475 /* Go get them off disk. */
6476 else if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, isec
, &contents
))
6480 /* Fix up the existing branch to hit the trampoline. */
6481 hit_addr
= contents
+ roff
;
6485 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
:
6486 case R_PPC_PLTREL24
:
6487 t0
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, hit_addr
);
6489 t0
|= val
& 0x3fffffc;
6490 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, t0
, hit_addr
);
6494 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
6495 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
6496 t0
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, hit_addr
);
6499 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, t0
, hit_addr
);
6504 while (branch_fixups
!= NULL
)
6506 struct one_branch_fixup
*f
= branch_fixups
;
6507 branch_fixups
= branch_fixups
->next
;
6512 workaround_change
= FALSE
;
6514 if (htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
6515 && (!bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
)
6516 || isec
->output_section
->alignment_power
>= htab
->params
->pagesize_p2
))
6518 bfd_vma addr
, end_addr
;
6519 unsigned int crossings
;
6520 bfd_vma pagesize
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << htab
->params
->pagesize_p2
;
6522 addr
= isec
->output_section
->vma
+ isec
->output_offset
;
6523 end_addr
= addr
+ trampoff
;
6525 crossings
= ((end_addr
& -pagesize
) - addr
) >> htab
->params
->pagesize_p2
;
6528 /* Keep space aligned, to ensure the patch code itself does
6529 not cross a page. Don't decrease size calculated on a
6530 previous pass as otherwise we might never settle on a layout. */
6531 newsize
= 15 - ((end_addr
- 1) & 15);
6532 newsize
+= crossings
* 16;
6533 if (relax_info
->workaround_size
< newsize
)
6535 relax_info
->workaround_size
= newsize
;
6536 workaround_change
= TRUE
;
6538 /* Ensure relocate_section is called. */
6539 isec
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
6541 newsize
= trampoff
+ relax_info
->workaround_size
;
6544 if (htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0)
6546 picfixup_size
-= relax_info
->picfixup_size
;
6547 if (picfixup_size
!= 0)
6548 relax_info
->picfixup_size
+= picfixup_size
;
6549 newsize
+= relax_info
->picfixup_size
;
6552 if (changes
!= 0 || picfixup_size
!= 0 || workaround_change
)
6553 isec
->size
= newsize
;
6556 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
)
6558 if (! link_info
->keep_memory
)
6562 /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd. */
6563 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
;
6567 if (contents
!= NULL
6568 && elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
6570 if (!changes
&& !link_info
->keep_memory
)
6574 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
6575 elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
6579 changes
+= picfixup_size
;
6582 /* Append sufficient NOP relocs so we can write out relocation
6583 information for the trampolines. */
6584 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
6585 Elf_Internal_Rela
*new_relocs
= bfd_malloc ((changes
+ isec
->reloc_count
)
6586 * sizeof (*new_relocs
));
6591 memcpy (new_relocs
, internal_relocs
,
6592 isec
->reloc_count
* sizeof (*new_relocs
));
6593 for (ix
= changes
; ix
--;)
6595 irel
= new_relocs
+ ix
+ isec
->reloc_count
;
6597 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_NONE
);
6599 if (internal_relocs
!= elf_section_data (isec
)->relocs
)
6600 free (internal_relocs
);
6601 elf_section_data (isec
)->relocs
= new_relocs
;
6602 isec
->reloc_count
+= changes
;
6603 rel_hdr
= _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (isec
);
6604 rel_hdr
->sh_size
+= changes
* rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
6606 else if (elf_section_data (isec
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
6607 free (internal_relocs
);
6609 *again
= changes
!= 0 || workaround_change
;
6613 while (branch_fixups
!= NULL
)
6615 struct one_branch_fixup
*f
= branch_fixups
;
6616 branch_fixups
= branch_fixups
->next
;
6619 if ((unsigned char *) isymbuf
!= symtab_hdr
->contents
)
6621 if (elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
6623 if (elf_section_data (isec
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
6624 free (internal_relocs
);
6628 /* What to do when ld finds relocations against symbols defined in
6629 discarded sections. */
6632 ppc_elf_action_discarded (asection
*sec
)
6634 if (strcmp (".fixup", sec
->name
) == 0)
6637 if (strcmp (".got2", sec
->name
) == 0)
6640 return _bfd_elf_default_action_discarded (sec
);
6643 /* Fill in the address for a pointer generated in a linker section. */
6646 elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (bfd
*input_bfd
,
6647 elf_linker_section_t
*lsect
,
6648 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
6650 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
6652 elf_linker_section_pointers_t
*linker_section_ptr
;
6654 BFD_ASSERT (lsect
!= NULL
);
6658 /* Handle global symbol. */
6659 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
6661 eh
= (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
6662 BFD_ASSERT (eh
->elf
.def_regular
);
6663 linker_section_ptr
= eh
->linker_section_pointer
;
6667 /* Handle local symbol. */
6668 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
6670 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (input_bfd
));
6671 BFD_ASSERT (elf_local_ptr_offsets (input_bfd
) != NULL
);
6672 linker_section_ptr
= elf_local_ptr_offsets (input_bfd
)[r_symndx
];
6675 linker_section_ptr
= elf_find_pointer_linker_section (linker_section_ptr
,
6678 BFD_ASSERT (linker_section_ptr
!= NULL
);
6680 /* Offset will always be a multiple of four, so use the bottom bit
6681 as a "written" flag. */
6682 if ((linker_section_ptr
->offset
& 1) == 0)
6684 bfd_put_32 (lsect
->section
->owner
,
6685 relocation
+ linker_section_ptr
->addend
,
6686 lsect
->section
->contents
+ linker_section_ptr
->offset
);
6687 linker_section_ptr
->offset
+= 1;
6690 relocation
= (lsect
->section
->output_section
->vma
6691 + lsect
->section
->output_offset
6692 + linker_section_ptr
->offset
- 1
6693 - SYM_VAL (lsect
->sym
));
6697 "Finish pointer in linker section %s, offset = %ld (0x%lx)\n",
6698 lsect
->name
, (long) relocation
, (long) relocation
);
6704 #define PPC_LO(v) ((v) & 0xffff)
6705 #define PPC_HI(v) (((v) >> 16) & 0xffff)
6706 #define PPC_HA(v) PPC_HI ((v) + 0x8000)
6709 write_glink_stub (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, struct plt_entry
*ent
,
6710 asection
*plt_sec
, unsigned char *p
,
6711 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6713 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
6714 bfd
*output_bfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
6716 unsigned char *end
= p
+ GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
, h
);
6719 && h
== htab
->tls_get_addr
6720 && !htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_opt
)
6722 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_11_3
, p
);
6724 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_12_3
+ 4, p
);
6726 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MR_0_3
, p
);
6728 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, CMPWI_11_0
, p
);
6730 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADD_3_12_2
, p
);
6732 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, BEQLR
, p
);
6734 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MR_3_0
, p
);
6736 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, p
);
6740 plt
= ((ent
->plt
.offset
& ~1)
6741 + plt_sec
->output_section
->vma
6742 + plt_sec
->output_offset
);
6744 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
6748 if (ent
->addend
>= 32768)
6750 + ent
->sec
->output_section
->vma
6751 + ent
->sec
->output_offset
);
6752 else if (htab
->elf
.hgot
!= NULL
)
6753 got
= SYM_VAL (htab
->elf
.hgot
);
6757 if (plt
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
6758 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_11_30
+ PPC_LO (plt
), p
);
6761 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADDIS_11_30
+ PPC_HA (plt
), p
);
6763 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_11_11
+ PPC_LO (plt
), p
);
6768 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LIS_11
+ PPC_HA (plt
), p
);
6770 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_11_11
+ PPC_LO (plt
), p
);
6773 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MTCTR_11
, p
);
6775 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, BCTR
, p
);
6779 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
? BA
: NOP
, p
);
6784 /* Return true if symbol is defined statically. */
6787 is_static_defined (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
6789 return ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6790 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
6791 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= NULL
6792 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
!= NULL
);
6795 /* If INSN is an opcode that may be used with an @tls operand, return
6796 the transformed insn for TLS optimisation, otherwise return 0. If
6797 REG is non-zero only match an insn with RB or RA equal to REG. */
6800 _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tls_transform (unsigned int insn
, unsigned int reg
)
6804 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) != 31 << 26)
6807 if (reg
== 0 || ((insn
>> 11) & 0x1f) == reg
)
6808 rtra
= insn
& ((1 << 26) - (1 << 16));
6809 else if (((insn
>> 16) & 0x1f) == reg
)
6810 rtra
= (insn
& (0x1f << 21)) | ((insn
& (0x1f << 11)) << 5);
6814 if ((insn
& (0x3ff << 1)) == 266 << 1)
6817 else if ((insn
& (0x1f << 1)) == 23 << 1
6818 && ((insn
& (0x1f << 6)) < 14 << 6
6819 || ((insn
& (0x1f << 6)) >= 16 << 6
6820 && (insn
& (0x1f << 6)) < 24 << 6)))
6821 /* load and store indexed -> dform. */
6822 insn
= (32u | ((insn
>> 6) & 0x1f)) << 26;
6823 else if ((insn
& (((0x1a << 5) | 0x1f) << 1)) == 21 << 1)
6824 /* ldx, ldux, stdx, stdux -> ld, ldu, std, stdu. */
6825 insn
= ((58u | ((insn
>> 6) & 4)) << 26) | ((insn
>> 6) & 1);
6826 else if ((insn
& (((0x1f << 5) | 0x1f) << 1)) == 341 << 1)
6828 insn
= (58u << 26) | 2;
6835 /* If INSN is an opcode that may be used with an @tprel operand, return
6836 the transformed insn for an undefined weak symbol, ie. with the
6837 thread pointer REG operand removed. Otherwise return 0. */
6840 _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tprel_transform (unsigned int insn
, unsigned int reg
)
6842 if ((insn
& (0x1f << 16)) == reg
<< 16
6843 && ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 14u << 26 /* addi */
6844 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 15u << 26 /* addis */
6845 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 32u << 26 /* lwz */
6846 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 34u << 26 /* lbz */
6847 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 36u << 26 /* stw */
6848 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 38u << 26 /* stb */
6849 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 40u << 26 /* lhz */
6850 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 42u << 26 /* lha */
6851 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 44u << 26 /* sth */
6852 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 46u << 26 /* lmw */
6853 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 47u << 26 /* stmw */
6854 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 48u << 26 /* lfs */
6855 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 50u << 26 /* lfd */
6856 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 52u << 26 /* stfs */
6857 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 54u << 26 /* stfd */
6858 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 58u << 26 /* lwa,ld,lmd */
6860 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std, stmd */
6861 && ((insn
& 3) == 0 || (insn
& 3) == 3))))
6863 insn
&= ~(0x1f << 16);
6865 else if ((insn
& (0x1f << 21)) == reg
<< 21
6866 && ((insn
& (0x3eu
<< 26)) == 24u << 26 /* ori, oris */
6867 || (insn
& (0x3eu
<< 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori,xoris */
6868 || (insn
& (0x3eu
<< 26)) == 28u << 26 /* andi,andis */))
6870 insn
&= ~(0x1f << 21);
6871 insn
|= (insn
& (0x1f << 16)) << 5;
6872 if ((insn
& (0x3eu
<< 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori,xoris */)
6873 insn
-= 2 >> 26; /* convert to ori,oris */
6881 is_insn_ds_form (unsigned int insn
)
6883 return ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 58u << 26 /* ld,ldu,lwa */
6884 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std,stdu,stq */
6885 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 57u << 26 /* lfdp */
6886 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 61u << 26 /* stfdp */);
6890 is_insn_dq_form (unsigned int insn
)
6892 return ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 56u << 26 /* lq */
6893 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == (61u << 26) /* lxv, stxv */
6894 && (insn
& 3) == 1));
6897 /* The RELOCATE_SECTION function is called by the ELF backend linker
6898 to handle the relocations for a section.
6900 The relocs are always passed as Rela structures; if the section
6901 actually uses Rel structures, the r_addend field will always be
6904 This function is responsible for adjust the section contents as
6905 necessary, and (if using Rela relocs and generating a
6906 relocatable output file) adjusting the reloc addend as
6909 This function does not have to worry about setting the reloc
6910 address or the reloc symbol index.
6912 LOCAL_SYMS is a pointer to the swapped in local symbols.
6914 LOCAL_SECTIONS is an array giving the section in the input file
6915 corresponding to the st_shndx field of each local symbol.
6917 The global hash table entry for the global symbols can be found
6918 via elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd).
6920 When generating relocatable output, this function must handle
6921 STB_LOCAL/STT_SECTION symbols specially. The output symbol is
6922 going to be the section symbol corresponding to the output
6923 section, which means that the addend must be adjusted
6927 ppc_elf_relocate_section (bfd
*output_bfd
,
6928 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6930 asection
*input_section
,
6932 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
6933 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
6934 asection
**local_sections
)
6936 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
6937 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
6938 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6939 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
6940 Elf_Internal_Rela
*wrel
;
6941 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
;
6942 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
6944 bfd_vma
*local_got_offsets
;
6945 bfd_boolean ret
= TRUE
;
6946 bfd_vma d_offset
= (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
) ? 2 : 0);
6947 bfd_boolean is_vxworks_tls
;
6948 unsigned int picfixup_size
= 0;
6949 struct ppc_elf_relax_info
*relax_info
= NULL
;
6952 _bfd_error_handler ("ppc_elf_relocate_section called for %pB section %pA, "
6953 "%ld relocations%s",
6954 input_bfd
, input_section
,
6955 (long) input_section
->reloc_count
,
6956 (bfd_link_relocatable (info
)) ? " (relocatable)" : "");
6959 if (!is_ppc_elf (input_bfd
))
6961 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
6965 got2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (input_bfd
, ".got2");
6967 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
6968 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC_ADDR32
])
6969 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
6971 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
6972 local_got_offsets
= elf_local_got_offsets (input_bfd
);
6973 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd
);
6974 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
);
6975 /* We have to handle relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections
6976 specially, because the dynamic loader is 'weird'. */
6977 is_vxworks_tls
= (htab
->elf
.target_os
== is_vxworks
&& bfd_link_pic (info
)
6978 && !strcmp (input_section
->output_section
->name
,
6980 if (input_section
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
)
6981 relax_info
= elf_section_data (input_section
)->sec_info
;
6982 rel
= wrel
= relocs
;
6983 relend
= relocs
+ input_section
->reloc_count
;
6984 for (; rel
< relend
; wrel
++, rel
++)
6986 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
;
6988 bfd_reloc_status_type r
;
6989 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
6991 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6992 const char *sym_name
;
6993 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
6994 unsigned long r_symndx
;
6996 bfd_vma branch_bit
, from
;
6997 bfd_boolean unresolved_reloc
, save_unresolved_reloc
;
6999 unsigned int tls_type
, tls_mask
, tls_gd
;
7000 struct plt_entry
**ifunc
, **plt_list
;
7001 struct reloc_howto_struct alt_howto
;
7004 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
7008 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
7010 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
7012 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
7014 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
7015 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
7016 sym_name
= bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
, sym
, sec
);
7018 relocation
= _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd
, sym
, &sec
, rel
);
7022 bfd_boolean ignored
;
7024 RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL (info
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
,
7025 r_symndx
, symtab_hdr
, sym_hashes
,
7027 unresolved_reloc
, warned
, ignored
);
7029 sym_name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
7032 if (sec
!= NULL
&& discarded_section (sec
))
7034 /* For relocs against symbols from removed linkonce sections,
7035 or sections discarded by a linker script, we just want the
7036 section contents zeroed. Avoid any special processing. */
7038 if (r_type
< R_PPC_max
)
7039 howto
= ppc_elf_howto_table
[r_type
];
7041 _bfd_clear_contents (howto
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
7042 contents
, rel
->r_offset
);
7043 wrel
->r_offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
7047 /* For ld -r, remove relocations in debug sections against
7048 symbols defined in discarded sections. Not done for
7049 non-debug to preserve relocs in .eh_frame which the
7050 eh_frame editing code expects to be present. */
7051 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
7052 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
))
7058 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
7061 && r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
7062 && rel
->r_addend
!= 0)
7064 /* R_PPC_PLTREL24 is rather special. If non-zero, the
7065 addend specifies the GOT pointer offset within .got2. */
7066 rel
->r_addend
+= got2
->output_offset
;
7068 if (r_type
!= R_PPC_RELAX_PLT
7069 && r_type
!= R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
7070 && r_type
!= R_PPC_RELAX
)
7074 /* TLS optimizations. Replace instruction sequences and relocs
7075 based on information we collected in tls_optimize. We edit
7076 RELOCS so that --emit-relocs will output something sensible
7077 for the final instruction stream. */
7081 tls_mask
= ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->tls_mask
;
7082 else if (local_got_offsets
!= NULL
)
7084 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
7087 = (struct plt_entry
**) (local_got_offsets
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
7088 lgot_masks
= (char *) (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
7089 tls_mask
= lgot_masks
[r_symndx
];
7092 /* Ensure reloc mapping code below stays sane. */
7093 if ((R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
& 3)
7094 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
& 3)
7095 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
& 3)
7096 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
& 3)
7097 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
& 3)
7098 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
& 3)
7099 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
& 3)
7100 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
& 3))
7107 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
:
7108 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
:
7109 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
7110 && (tls_mask
& TLS_TPREL
) == 0)
7114 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
7115 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7117 insn
|= 0x3c020000; /* addis 0,2,0 */
7118 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
,
7119 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7120 r_type
= R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
;
7121 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
7126 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
7127 && (tls_mask
& TLS_TPREL
) == 0)
7131 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7132 insn
= _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tls_transform (insn
, 2);
7135 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7136 r_type
= R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
;
7137 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
7139 /* Was PPC_TLS which sits on insn boundary, now
7140 PPC_TPREL16_LO which is at low-order half-word. */
7141 rel
->r_offset
+= d_offset
;
7145 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
7146 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
7148 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0)
7152 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
7153 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
7154 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0)
7157 if ((tls_mask
& tls_gd
) != 0)
7158 r_type
= (((r_type
- (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
& 3)) & 3)
7159 + R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
);
7162 rel
->r_offset
-= d_offset
;
7163 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7164 r_type
= R_PPC_NONE
;
7166 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
7170 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
:
7171 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
7173 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0)
7177 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
:
7178 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
7179 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0)
7181 unsigned int insn1
, insn2
;
7185 offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
7186 /* If not using the newer R_PPC_TLSGD/LD to mark
7187 __tls_get_addr calls, we must trust that the call
7188 stays with its arg setup insns, ie. that the next
7189 reloc is the __tls_get_addr call associated with
7190 the current reloc. Edit both insns. */
7191 if (input_section
->nomark_tls_get_addr
7193 && branch_reloc_hash_match (input_bfd
, rel
+ 1,
7194 htab
->tls_get_addr
))
7195 offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
;
7196 /* We read the low GOT_TLS insn because we need to keep
7197 the destination reg. It may be something other than
7198 the usual r3, and moved to r3 before the call by
7199 intervening code. */
7200 insn1
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
7201 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7202 if ((tls_mask
& tls_gd
) != 0)
7205 insn1
&= (0x1f << 21) | (0x1f << 16);
7206 insn1
|= 32u << 26; /* lwz */
7207 if (offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
7209 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC_NONE
);
7210 insn2
= 0x7c631214; /* add 3,3,2 */
7211 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
, contents
+ offset
);
7213 r_type
= (((r_type
- (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
& 3)) & 3)
7214 + R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
);
7215 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
7220 insn1
&= 0x1f << 21;
7221 insn1
|= 0x3c020000; /* addis r,2,0 */
7224 /* Was an LD reloc. */
7226 r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
7228 if (local_sections
[r_symndx
] == sec
)
7230 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
7231 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
7232 rel
->r_addend
= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
7233 if (r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
)
7234 rel
->r_addend
-= (local_syms
[r_symndx
].st_value
7235 + sec
->output_offset
7236 + sec
->output_section
->vma
);
7238 r_type
= R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
;
7239 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
7240 if (offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
7242 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
);
7243 rel
[1].r_offset
= offset
+ d_offset
;
7244 rel
[1].r_addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
7245 insn2
= 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
7246 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
, contents
+ offset
);
7249 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn1
,
7250 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7253 /* We changed the symbol on an LD reloc. Start over
7254 in order to get h, sym, sec etc. right. */
7261 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0
7262 && rel
+ 1 < relend
)
7265 bfd_vma offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
7267 if (is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
)))
7269 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
);
7270 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC_NONE
);
7274 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GDIE
) != 0)
7277 r_type
= R_PPC_NONE
;
7278 insn2
= 0x7c631214; /* add 3,3,2 */
7283 r_type
= R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
;
7284 rel
->r_offset
+= d_offset
;
7285 insn2
= 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
7287 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
7288 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
, contents
+ offset
);
7289 /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too. */
7290 BFD_ASSERT (offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
);
7291 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC_NONE
);
7296 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0
7297 && rel
+ 1 < relend
)
7301 if (is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
)))
7303 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7304 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC_NONE
);
7309 r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
7311 if (local_sections
[r_symndx
] == sec
)
7313 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
7314 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
7315 rel
->r_addend
= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
7316 if (r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
)
7317 rel
->r_addend
-= (local_syms
[r_symndx
].st_value
7318 + sec
->output_offset
7319 + sec
->output_section
->vma
);
7321 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
);
7322 rel
->r_offset
+= d_offset
;
7323 insn2
= 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
7324 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
,
7325 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7326 /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too. */
7327 BFD_ASSERT (rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
);
7328 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC_NONE
);
7334 /* Handle other relocations that tweak non-addend part of insn. */
7341 /* Branch taken prediction relocations. */
7342 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
7343 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
7344 branch_bit
= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT
;
7347 /* Branch not taken prediction relocations. */
7348 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
7349 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
7353 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7354 insn
&= ~BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT
;
7357 from
= (rel
->r_offset
7358 + input_section
->output_offset
7359 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
7361 /* Invert 'y' bit if not the default. */
7362 if ((bfd_signed_vma
) (relocation
+ rel
->r_addend
- from
) < 0)
7363 insn
^= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT
;
7365 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7369 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA
:
7373 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
7374 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7375 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 15u << 26
7376 && (insn
& (0x1f << 16)) != 0)
7378 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
7380 /* Convert addis to lis. */
7381 insn
&= ~(0x1f << 16);
7382 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
,
7383 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7386 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
7387 info
->callbacks
->einfo
7388 (_("%P: %H: error: %s with unexpected instruction %x\n"),
7389 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
7390 "R_PPC_PLT16_HA", insn
);
7395 if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
7399 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_ha
7400 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_lo
7401 && htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0)
7403 /* Convert lis;addi or lis;load/store accessing a protected
7404 variable defined in a shared library to PIC. */
7407 if (r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
)
7409 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
7410 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7411 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == (15u << 26)
7412 && (insn
& (0x1f << 16)) == 0 /* lis */)
7418 p
= (contents
+ input_section
->size
7419 - relax_info
->workaround_size
7420 - relax_info
->picfixup_size
7422 off
= (p
- contents
) - (rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7423 if (off
> 0x1fffffc || (off
& 3) != 0)
7424 info
->callbacks
->einfo
7425 (_("%H: fixup branch overflow\n"),
7426 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
7428 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, B
| off
,
7429 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7430 got_addr
= (htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
->vma
7431 + htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_offset
7432 + (h
->got
.offset
& ~1));
7433 wrel
->r_offset
= (p
- contents
) + d_offset
;
7434 wrel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
);
7435 wrel
->r_addend
= got_addr
;
7437 insn
|= ((unsigned int) (got_addr
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
7438 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
);
7440 /* Convert lis to lwz, loading address from GOT. */
7442 insn
^= (32u ^ 15u) << 26;
7443 insn
|= (insn
& (0x1f << 21)) >> 5;
7444 insn
|= got_addr
& 0xffff;
7445 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
+ 4);
7447 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, B
| ((-4 - off
) & 0x3ffffff), p
+ 8);
7448 picfixup_size
+= 12;
7450 /* Use one of the spare relocs, so --emit-relocs
7451 output is reasonable. */
7452 memmove (rel
+ 1, rel
, (relend
- rel
- 1) * sizeof (*rel
));
7454 rel
->r_offset
= wrel
[-1].r_offset
+ 4;
7455 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
);
7456 rel
->r_addend
= wrel
[-1].r_addend
;
7458 /* Continue on as if we had a got reloc, to output
7460 r_type
= R_PPC_GOT16_LO
;
7464 /* xgettext:c-format */
7465 (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64
"): error: "
7466 "%s with unexpected instruction %#x"),
7467 input_bfd
, input_section
, (uint64_t) rel
->r_offset
,
7468 "R_PPC_ADDR16_HA", insn
);
7470 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
)
7472 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
7473 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7474 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 14u << 26 /* addi */
7475 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 32u << 26 /* lwz */
7476 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 34u << 26 /* lbz */
7477 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 36u << 26 /* stw */
7478 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 38u << 26 /* stb */
7479 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 40u << 26 /* lhz */
7480 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 42u << 26 /* lha */
7481 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 44u << 26 /* sth */
7482 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 46u << 26 /* lmw */
7483 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 47u << 26 /* stmw */
7484 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 48u << 26 /* lfs */
7485 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 50u << 26 /* lfd */
7486 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 52u << 26 /* stfs */
7487 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 54u << 26 /* stfd */
7488 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 58u << 26 /* lwa,ld,lmd */
7490 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std, stmd */
7491 && ((insn
& 3) == 0 || (insn
& 3) == 3)))
7493 /* Arrange to apply the reloc addend, if any. */
7495 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
7496 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, r_type
);
7500 /* xgettext:c-format */
7501 (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64
"): error: "
7502 "%s with unexpected instruction %#x"),
7503 input_bfd
, input_section
, (uint64_t) rel
->r_offset
,
7504 "R_PPC_ADDR16_LO", insn
);
7509 if (htab
->elf
.target_os
!= is_vxworks
)
7511 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
7515 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
7516 ifunc
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
7518 else if (local_got_offsets
!= NULL
7519 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
7521 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
7523 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) (local_got_offsets
7524 + symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
7525 ifunc
= local_plt
+ r_symndx
;
7530 && (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
7531 || is_branch_reloc (r_type
)
7532 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_LO
7533 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HI
7534 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HA
))
7537 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
7538 && (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
7539 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_LO
7540 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HI
7541 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HA
))
7542 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
7543 ent
= find_plt_ent (ifunc
, got2
, addend
);
7547 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
7549 && htab
->plt_type
!= PLT_NEW
7550 && (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
7552 || h
->dynindx
== -1))
7554 /* Uh oh, we are going to create a pic glink stub
7555 for an ifunc (here for h == NULL and later in
7556 finish_dynamic_symbol for h != NULL), and
7557 apparently are using code compiled with
7558 -mbss-plt. The difficulty is that -mbss-plt code
7559 gives no indication via a magic PLTREL24 addend
7560 whether r30 is equal to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ or
7561 is pointing into a .got2 section (and how far
7563 info
->callbacks
->einfo
7564 /* xgettext:c-format */
7565 (_("%X%H: unsupported bss-plt -fPIC ifunc %s\n"),
7566 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, sym_name
);
7569 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
7570 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
7571 || !htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
7573 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
7574 relocation
= (htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
7575 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
7576 + (ent
->glink_offset
& ~1));
7578 relocation
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
7579 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
7584 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
7585 save_unresolved_reloc
= unresolved_reloc
;
7587 if (r_type
< R_PPC_max
)
7588 howto
= ppc_elf_howto_table
[r_type
];
7594 /* xgettext:c-format */
7595 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"),
7596 input_bfd
, howto
->name
);
7598 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7606 case R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF
:
7607 case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
7608 case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY
:
7611 /* GOT16 relocations. Like an ADDR16 using the symbol's
7612 address in the GOT as relocation value instead of the
7613 symbol's value itself. Also, create a GOT entry for the
7614 symbol and put the symbol value there. */
7615 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
:
7616 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
7617 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
7618 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
7619 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
;
7622 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
:
7623 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
7624 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
7625 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
7626 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
;
7629 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
:
7630 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
:
7631 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
7632 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
7633 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
7636 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
:
7637 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
:
7638 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
:
7639 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
7640 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
;
7644 case R_PPC_GOT16_LO
:
7645 case R_PPC_GOT16_HI
:
7646 case R_PPC_GOT16_HA
:
7650 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global
7656 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
== NULL
)
7660 if (tls_type
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
)
7661 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
7662 offp
= &htab
->tlsld_got
.offset
;
7665 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
7667 || SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
)
7668 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
))
7669 /* This is actually a static link, or it is a
7670 -Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined
7671 locally, or the symbol was forced to be local
7672 because of a version file. */
7677 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
7679 offp
= &h
->got
.offset
;
7683 if (local_got_offsets
== NULL
)
7685 offp
= &local_got_offsets
[r_symndx
];
7688 /* The offset must always be a multiple of 4. We use the
7689 least significant bit to record whether we have already
7690 processed this entry. */
7696 unsigned int tls_m
= ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
7697 ? tls_mask
& (TLS_LD
| TLS_GD
| TLS_DTPREL
7698 | TLS_TPREL
| TLS_GDIE
)
7701 if (offp
== &htab
->tlsld_got
.offset
)
7703 else if ((tls_m
& TLS_LD
) != 0
7704 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
7707 /* We might have multiple got entries for this sym.
7708 Initialize them all. */
7713 if ((tls_m
& TLS_LD
) != 0)
7715 tls_ty
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
;
7718 else if ((tls_m
& TLS_GD
) != 0)
7720 tls_ty
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
;
7723 else if ((tls_m
& TLS_DTPREL
) != 0)
7725 tls_ty
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
;
7726 tls_m
&= ~TLS_DTPREL
;
7728 else if ((tls_m
& (TLS_TPREL
| TLS_GDIE
)) != 0)
7730 tls_ty
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
7734 /* Generate relocs for the dynamic linker. */
7736 || (bfd_link_pic (info
)
7738 || !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
))
7740 && bfd_link_executable (info
)
7741 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))))
7743 asection
*rsec
= htab
->elf
.srelgot
;
7748 rsec
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
7750 htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
7751 else if (is_static_defined (h
))
7752 htab
->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
7754 outrel
.r_offset
= (htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
->vma
7755 + htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_offset
7757 outrel
.r_addend
= 0;
7758 if (tls_ty
& (TLS_LD
| TLS_GD
))
7760 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC_DTPMOD32
);
7761 if (tls_ty
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
))
7763 loc
= rsec
->contents
;
7764 loc
+= (rsec
->reloc_count
++
7765 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
7766 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
,
7768 outrel
.r_offset
+= 4;
7770 = ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC_DTPREL32
);
7773 else if (tls_ty
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
))
7774 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC_DTPREL32
);
7775 else if (tls_ty
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
))
7776 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC_TPREL32
);
7778 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC_GLOB_DAT
);
7779 else if (ifunc
!= NULL
)
7780 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE
);
7782 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE
);
7783 if (indx
== 0 && tls_ty
!= (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
7785 outrel
.r_addend
+= relocation
;
7786 if (tls_ty
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_DTPREL
| TLS_TPREL
))
7788 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
== NULL
)
7789 outrel
.r_addend
= 0;
7791 outrel
.r_addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
;
7794 loc
= rsec
->contents
;
7795 loc
+= (rsec
->reloc_count
++
7796 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
7797 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &outrel
, loc
);
7800 /* Init the .got section contents if we're not
7801 emitting a reloc. */
7804 bfd_vma value
= relocation
;
7808 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
== NULL
)
7812 if (tls_ty
& TLS_LD
)
7815 value
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
7816 if (tls_ty
& TLS_TPREL
)
7817 value
+= DTP_OFFSET
- TP_OFFSET
;
7820 if (tls_ty
& (TLS_LD
| TLS_GD
))
7822 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, value
,
7823 htab
->elf
.sgot
->contents
+ off
+ 4);
7827 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, value
,
7828 htab
->elf
.sgot
->contents
+ off
);
7832 if (tls_ty
& (TLS_LD
| TLS_GD
))
7841 if (off
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
7844 if ((tls_type
& TLS_TLS
) != 0)
7846 if (tls_type
!= (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
7848 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) != 0
7849 && !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
7851 if (tls_type
!= (TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
))
7853 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) != 0)
7855 if (tls_type
!= (TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
))
7857 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_DTPREL
) != 0)
7864 /* If here for a picfixup, we're done. */
7865 if (r_type
!= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
))
7868 relocation
= (htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
->vma
7869 + htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_offset
7871 - SYM_VAL (htab
->elf
.hgot
));
7873 /* Addends on got relocations don't make much sense.
7874 x+off@got is actually x@got+off, and since the got is
7875 generated by a hash table traversal, the value in the
7876 got at entry m+n bears little relation to the entry m. */
7878 info
->callbacks
->einfo
7879 /* xgettext:c-format */
7880 (_("%H: non-zero addend on %s reloc against `%s'\n"),
7881 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
7887 /* Relocations that need no special processing. */
7888 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
:
7889 /* It makes no sense to point a local relocation
7890 at a symbol not in this object. */
7891 if (unresolved_reloc
)
7893 (*info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
) (info
,
7894 h
->root
.root
.string
,
7901 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
&& bfd_link_pic (info
))
7903 /* @local on an ifunc does not really make sense since
7904 the ifunc resolver can take you anywhere. More
7905 seriously, calls to ifuncs must go through a plt call
7906 stub, and for pic the plt call stubs uses r30 to
7907 access the PLT. The problem is that a call that is
7908 local won't have the +32k reloc addend trick marking
7909 -fPIC code, so the linker won't know whether r30 is
7910 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ or pointing into a .got2 section. */
7911 /* xgettext:c-format */
7912 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%X%H: @local call to ifunc %s\n"),
7913 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
7914 h
->root
.root
.string
);
7918 case R_PPC_DTPREL16
:
7919 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
:
7920 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI
:
7921 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
:
7922 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
7923 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
7926 /* Relocations that may need to be propagated if this is a shared
7929 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
:
7930 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI
:
7931 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
:
7933 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
7934 && h
->dynindx
== -1)
7936 /* Make this relocation against an undefined weak symbol
7937 resolve to zero. This is really just a tweak, since
7938 code using weak externs ought to check that they are
7939 defined before using them. */
7940 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
;
7941 unsigned int insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
7942 insn
= _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tprel_transform (insn
, 2);
7944 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
);
7947 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
7948 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
7949 /* The TPREL16 relocs shouldn't really be used in shared
7950 libs or with non-local symbols as that will result in
7951 DT_TEXTREL being set, but support them anyway. */
7955 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
7956 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
7959 case R_PPC_DTPREL32
:
7960 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
7961 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
7964 case R_PPC_DTPMOD32
:
7970 case R_PPC_REL16_LO
:
7971 case R_PPC_REL16_HI
:
7972 case R_PPC_REL16_HA
:
7973 case R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
:
7977 if (h
== NULL
|| h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
7983 case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
:
7984 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HI
:
7985 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
:
7990 case R_PPC_VLE_REL8
:
7991 case R_PPC_VLE_REL15
:
7992 case R_PPC_VLE_REL24
:
7995 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
7996 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
7997 /* If these relocations are not to a named symbol, they can be
7998 handled right here, no need to bother the dynamic linker. */
7999 if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
)
8000 || h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
8006 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
8007 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
8008 if (h
!= NULL
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
8013 if ((input_section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0
8017 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
8019 || h
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
8020 && ((h
!= NULL
&& pc_dynrelocs (h
))
8021 || must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
)))
8023 && h
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
))
8031 fprintf (stderr
, "ppc_elf_relocate_section needs to "
8032 "create relocation for %s\n",
8033 (h
&& h
->root
.root
.string
8034 ? h
->root
.root
.string
: "<unknown>"));
8037 /* When generating a shared object, these relocations
8038 are copied into the output file to be resolved at run
8041 outrel
.r_offset
= _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
,
8044 if (outrel
.r_offset
== (bfd_vma
) -1
8045 || outrel
.r_offset
== (bfd_vma
) -2)
8046 skip
= (int) outrel
.r_offset
;
8047 outrel
.r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
8048 + input_section
->output_offset
);
8050 /* Optimize unaligned reloc use. */
8051 if ((r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR32
&& (outrel
.r_offset
& 3) != 0)
8052 || (r_type
== R_PPC_UADDR32
&& (outrel
.r_offset
& 3) == 0))
8053 r_type
^= R_PPC_ADDR32
^ R_PPC_UADDR32
;
8054 if ((r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR16
&& (outrel
.r_offset
& 1) != 0)
8055 || (r_type
== R_PPC_UADDR16
&& (outrel
.r_offset
& 1) == 0))
8056 r_type
^= R_PPC_ADDR16
^ R_PPC_UADDR16
;
8059 memset (&outrel
, 0, sizeof outrel
);
8060 else if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
8063 BFD_ASSERT (indx
!= -1);
8064 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
8065 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, r_type
);
8066 outrel
.r_addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
8070 outrel
.r_addend
= relocation
+ rel
->r_addend
;
8072 if (r_type
!= R_PPC_ADDR32
)
8076 /* If we get here when building a static
8077 executable, then the libc startup function
8078 responsible for applying indirect function
8079 relocations is going to complain about
8081 If we get here when building a dynamic
8082 executable, it will be because we have
8083 a text relocation. The dynamic loader
8084 will set the text segment writable and
8085 non-executable to apply text relocations.
8086 So we'll segfault when trying to run the
8087 indirection function to resolve the reloc. */
8088 info
->callbacks
->einfo
8089 /* xgettext:c-format */
8090 (_("%H: relocation %s for indirect "
8091 "function %s unsupported\n"),
8092 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8097 else if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
|| bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
8099 else if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->owner
== NULL
)
8101 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8108 /* We are turning this relocation into one
8109 against a section symbol. It would be
8110 proper to subtract the symbol's value,
8111 osec->vma, from the emitted reloc addend,
8112 but ld.so expects buggy relocs.
8113 FIXME: Why not always use a zero index? */
8114 osec
= sec
->output_section
;
8115 if ((osec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
8117 osec
= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
;
8122 indx
= elf_section_data (osec
)->dynindx
;
8125 osec
= htab
->elf
.text_index_section
;
8126 indx
= elf_section_data (osec
)->dynindx
;
8128 BFD_ASSERT (indx
!= 0);
8131 /* ld.so doesn't expect buggy TLS relocs.
8132 Don't leave the symbol value in the
8134 if (IS_PPC_TLS_RELOC (r_type
))
8135 outrel
.r_addend
-= osec
->vma
;
8138 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, r_type
);
8140 else if (ifunc
!= NULL
)
8141 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE
);
8143 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE
);
8146 sreloc
= elf_section_data (input_section
)->sreloc
;
8149 sreloc
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
8151 htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
8152 else if (is_static_defined (h
))
8153 htab
->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
8158 loc
= sreloc
->contents
;
8159 loc
+= sreloc
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
8160 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &outrel
, loc
);
8165 /* This reloc will be computed at runtime. Clear the memory
8166 so that it contains a predictable value for prelink. */
8169 relocation
= howto
->pc_relative
? outrel
.r_offset
: 0;
8176 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLT
:
8177 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
:
8180 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
8181 bfd_vma got2_addend
= 0;
8183 if (r_type
== R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
)
8185 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
8186 got2_addend
= addend
;
8189 ent
= find_plt_ent (&h
->plt
.plist
, got2
, got2_addend
);
8190 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
)
8191 relocation
= (htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
8192 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
8193 + ent
->glink_offset
);
8195 relocation
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
8196 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
8205 size_t insn_offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
8208 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
8210 relocation
-= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
8211 + input_section
->output_offset
8212 + rel
->r_offset
- 4);
8213 stub
= shared_stub_entry
;
8214 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, stub
[0], contents
+ insn_offset
- 12);
8215 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, stub
[1], contents
+ insn_offset
- 8);
8216 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, stub
[2], contents
+ insn_offset
- 4);
8218 size
= ARRAY_SIZE (shared_stub_entry
) - 3;
8223 size
= ARRAY_SIZE (stub_entry
);
8226 relocation
+= addend
;
8227 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
8230 /* First insn is HA, second is LO. */
8232 insn
|= ((relocation
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
8233 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ insn_offset
);
8237 insn
|= relocation
& 0xffff;
8238 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ insn_offset
);
8246 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ insn_offset
);
8250 /* Rewrite the reloc and convert one of the trailing nop
8251 relocs to describe this relocation. */
8252 BFD_ASSERT (ELF32_R_TYPE (relend
[-1].r_info
) == R_PPC_NONE
);
8253 /* The relocs are at the bottom 2 bytes */
8254 wrel
->r_offset
= rel
->r_offset
+ d_offset
;
8255 wrel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
);
8256 wrel
->r_addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
8257 memmove (wrel
+ 1, wrel
, (relend
- wrel
- 1) * sizeof (*wrel
));
8259 wrel
->r_offset
+= 4;
8260 wrel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
);
8264 /* Indirect .sdata relocation. */
8265 case R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16
:
8266 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sdata
[0].section
!= NULL
);
8267 if (!is_static_defined (htab
->sdata
[0].sym
))
8269 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8273 = elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (input_bfd
, &htab
->sdata
[0],
8274 h
, relocation
, rel
);
8278 /* Indirect .sdata2 relocation. */
8279 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16
:
8280 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sdata
[1].section
!= NULL
);
8281 if (!is_static_defined (htab
->sdata
[1].sym
))
8283 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8287 = elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (input_bfd
, &htab
->sdata
[1],
8288 h
, relocation
, rel
);
8292 /* Handle the TOC16 reloc. We want to use the offset within the .got
8293 section, not the actual VMA. This is appropriate when generating
8294 an embedded ELF object, for which the .got section acts like the
8295 AIX .toc section. */
8296 case R_PPC_TOC16
: /* phony GOT16 relocations */
8297 if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->output_section
== NULL
)
8299 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8302 BFD_ASSERT (strcmp (bfd_section_name (sec
), ".got") == 0
8303 || strcmp (bfd_section_name (sec
), ".cgot") == 0);
8305 addend
-= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
+ 0x8000;
8308 case R_PPC_PLTREL24
:
8309 if (h
!= NULL
&& ifunc
== NULL
)
8311 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
8313 ent
= find_plt_ent (&h
->plt
.plist
, got2
,
8314 bfd_link_pic (info
) ? addend
: 0);
8316 || htab
->elf
.splt
== NULL
)
8318 /* We didn't make a PLT entry for this symbol. This
8319 happens when statically linking PIC code, or when
8320 using -Bsymbolic. */
8324 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
8325 procedure linkage table. */
8326 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
8327 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
)
8328 relocation
= (htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
8329 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
8330 + ent
->glink_offset
);
8332 relocation
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
8333 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
8338 /* R_PPC_PLTREL24 is rather special. If non-zero, the
8339 addend specifies the GOT pointer offset within .got2.
8340 Don't apply it to the relocation field. */
8346 case R_PPC_PLT16_LO
:
8347 case R_PPC_PLT16_HI
:
8348 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA
:
8351 plt_list
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
8352 else if (ifunc
!= NULL
)
8354 else if (local_got_offsets
!= NULL
)
8356 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
8357 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) (local_got_offsets
8358 + symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
8359 plt_list
= local_plt
+ r_symndx
;
8361 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8362 if (plt_list
!= NULL
)
8364 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
8366 ent
= find_plt_ent (plt_list
, got2
,
8367 bfd_link_pic (info
) ? addend
: 0);
8368 if (ent
!= NULL
&& ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
8372 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
8373 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
8374 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
8376 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
8379 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
8381 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
8383 relocation
= (plt
->output_section
->vma
8384 + plt
->output_offset
8386 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
8390 if (ent
->addend
>= 32768)
8392 + ent
->sec
->output_section
->vma
8393 + ent
->sec
->output_offset
);
8395 got
= SYM_VAL (htab
->elf
.hgot
);
8403 /* Relocate against _SDA_BASE_. */
8404 case R_PPC_SDAREL16
:
8407 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= htab
->sdata
[0].sym
;
8410 || sec
->output_section
== NULL
8411 || !is_static_defined (sda
))
8413 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8416 addend
-= SYM_VAL (sda
);
8418 name
= bfd_section_name (sec
->output_section
);
8419 if (!(strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
8420 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0))
8423 /* xgettext:c-format */
8424 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8425 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8434 /* Relocate against _SDA2_BASE_. */
8435 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL
:
8438 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= htab
->sdata
[1].sym
;
8441 || sec
->output_section
== NULL
8442 || !is_static_defined (sda
))
8444 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8447 addend
-= SYM_VAL (sda
);
8449 name
= bfd_section_name (sec
->output_section
);
8450 if (!(strcmp (name
, ".sdata2") == 0
8451 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss2") == 0))
8454 /* xgettext:c-format */
8455 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8456 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8465 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16A
:
8466 relocation
= relocation
+ addend
;
8467 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8468 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
,
8469 split16a_type
, htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8472 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16D
:
8473 relocation
= relocation
+ addend
;
8474 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8475 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
,
8476 split16d_type
, htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8479 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16A
:
8480 relocation
= (relocation
+ addend
) >> 16;
8481 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8482 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
,
8483 split16a_type
, htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8486 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16D
:
8487 relocation
= (relocation
+ addend
) >> 16;
8488 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8489 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
,
8490 split16d_type
, htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8493 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16A
:
8494 relocation
= (relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000) >> 16;
8495 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8496 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
,
8497 split16a_type
, htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8500 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16D
:
8501 relocation
= (relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000) >> 16;
8502 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8503 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
,
8504 split16d_type
, htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8507 /* Relocate against either _SDA_BASE_, _SDA2_BASE_, or 0. */
8508 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
:
8509 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
:
8510 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA
:
8511 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO
:
8516 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= NULL
;
8518 if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->output_section
== NULL
)
8520 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8524 name
= bfd_section_name (sec
->output_section
);
8525 if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
8526 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0)
8529 sda
= htab
->sdata
[0].sym
;
8531 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata2") == 0
8532 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss2") == 0)
8535 sda
= htab
->sdata
[1].sym
;
8537 else if (strcmp (name
, ".PPC.EMB.sdata0") == 0
8538 || strcmp (name
, ".PPC.EMB.sbss0") == 0)
8545 /* xgettext:c-format */
8546 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8547 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8553 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8560 if (!is_static_defined (sda
))
8562 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8565 addend
-= SYM_VAL (sda
);
8568 if (r_type
== R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA
)
8571 /* The PowerPC Embedded Application Binary Interface
8572 version 1.0 insanely chose to specify R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
8573 operating on a 24-bit field at r_offset. GNU as and
8574 GNU ld have always assumed R_PPC_EMB_SDA21 operates on
8575 a 32-bit bit insn at r_offset. Cope with object file
8576 producers that possibly comply with the EABI in
8577 generating an odd r_offset for big-endian objects. */
8578 if (r_type
== R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
)
8579 rel
->r_offset
&= ~1;
8581 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
8583 && (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
8584 || r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO
))
8586 relocation
= relocation
+ addend
;
8589 /* Force e_li insn, keeping RT from original insn. */
8593 /* We have an li20 field, bits 17..20, 11..15, 21..31. */
8594 /* Top 4 bits of value to 17..20. */
8595 insn
|= (relocation
& 0xf0000) >> 5;
8596 /* Next 5 bits of the value to 11..15. */
8597 insn
|= (relocation
& 0xf800) << 5;
8598 /* And the final 11 bits of the value to bits 21 to 31. */
8599 insn
|= relocation
& 0x7ff;
8601 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
8603 if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
8604 && ((relocation
+ 0x80000) & 0xffffffff) > 0x100000)
8608 /* Fill in register field. */
8609 insn
= (insn
& ~RA_REGISTER_MASK
) | (reg
<< RA_REGISTER_SHIFT
);
8610 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
8614 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A
:
8615 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D
:
8616 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A
:
8617 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D
:
8618 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A
:
8619 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D
:
8623 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= NULL
;
8625 if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->output_section
== NULL
)
8627 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8631 name
= bfd_section_name (sec
->output_section
);
8632 if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
8633 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0)
8634 sda
= htab
->sdata
[0].sym
;
8635 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata2") == 0
8636 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss2") == 0)
8637 sda
= htab
->sdata
[1].sym
;
8641 /* xgettext:c-format */
8642 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8643 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8649 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8654 if (sda
== NULL
|| !is_static_defined (sda
))
8656 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8659 value
= relocation
+ addend
- SYM_VAL (sda
);
8661 if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A
)
8662 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8663 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, value
,
8665 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8666 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D
)
8667 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8668 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, value
,
8670 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8671 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A
)
8673 value
= value
>> 16;
8674 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8675 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, value
,
8677 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8679 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D
)
8681 value
= value
>> 16;
8682 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8683 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, value
,
8685 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8687 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A
)
8689 value
= (value
+ 0x8000) >> 16;
8690 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8691 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, value
,
8693 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8695 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D
)
8697 value
= (value
+ 0x8000) >> 16;
8698 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8699 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, value
,
8701 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8706 case R_PPC_VLE_ADDR20
:
8707 ppc_elf_vle_split20 (output_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
);
8710 /* Relocate against the beginning of the section. */
8712 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO
:
8713 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI
:
8714 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA
:
8715 if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->output_section
== NULL
)
8717 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8720 addend
-= sec
->output_section
->vma
;
8723 /* Negative relocations. */
8724 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32
:
8725 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16
:
8726 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO
:
8727 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI
:
8728 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA
:
8729 addend
-= 2 * relocation
;
8733 case R_PPC_GLOB_DAT
:
8734 case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT
:
8735 case R_PPC_RELATIVE
:
8736 case R_PPC_IRELATIVE
:
8738 case R_PPC_PLTREL32
:
8740 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16
:
8741 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO
:
8742 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI
:
8743 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA
:
8744 case R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD
:
8745 /* xgettext:c-format */
8746 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"),
8747 input_bfd
, howto
->name
);
8749 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8759 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
:
8760 if (htab
->do_tls_opt
&& relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
8762 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3);
8763 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, p
);
8767 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
:
8768 if (htab
->do_tls_opt
&& relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
8770 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3);
8771 unsigned int insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
8772 insn
&= ~(0x1f << 16);
8774 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
);
8785 if (unresolved_reloc
)
8787 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
;
8788 unsigned int insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
8790 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, B
| insn
, p
);
8791 unresolved_reloc
= save_unresolved_reloc
;
8792 r_type
= R_PPC_REL24
;
8793 howto
= ppc_elf_howto_table
[r_type
];
8795 else if (htab
->plt_type
!= PLT_NEW
)
8796 info
->callbacks
->einfo
8797 (_("%X%P: %H: %s relocation unsupported for bss-plt\n"),
8798 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8803 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA
:
8804 case R_PPC_PLT16_LO
:
8805 if (unresolved_reloc
)
8807 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3);
8808 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, p
);
8809 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
8810 r_type
= R_PPC_NONE
;
8811 howto
= ppc_elf_howto_table
[r_type
];
8813 else if (htab
->plt_type
!= PLT_NEW
)
8814 info
->callbacks
->einfo
8815 (_("%X%P: %H: %s relocation unsupported for bss-plt\n"),
8816 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8821 /* Do any further special processing. */
8827 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
:
8828 case R_PPC_REL16_HA
:
8829 case R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
:
8830 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA
:
8831 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
:
8832 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
:
8833 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA
:
8834 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA
:
8835 /* It's just possible that this symbol is a weak symbol
8836 that's not actually defined anywhere. In that case,
8837 'sec' would be NULL, and we should leave the symbol
8838 alone (it will be set to zero elsewhere in the link). */
8843 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA
:
8844 case R_PPC_GOT16_HA
:
8845 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
8846 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
8847 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
8848 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
8849 /* Add 0x10000 if sign bit in 0:15 is set.
8850 Bits 0:15 are not used. */
8855 case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
:
8857 case R_PPC_GOT16_LO
:
8858 case R_PPC_SDAREL16
:
8860 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO
:
8861 case R_PPC_DTPREL16
:
8862 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
:
8864 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
:
8865 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
:
8866 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
8867 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
:
8868 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
8869 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
:
8870 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
:
8871 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
:
8872 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
:
8874 /* The 32-bit ABI lacks proper relocations to deal with
8875 certain 64-bit instructions. Prevent damage to bits
8876 that make up part of the insn opcode. */
8877 unsigned int insn
, mask
, lobit
;
8879 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
8880 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
8882 if (is_insn_ds_form (insn
))
8884 else if (is_insn_dq_form (insn
))
8888 relocation
+= addend
;
8889 addend
= insn
& mask
;
8890 lobit
= mask
& relocation
;
8893 relocation
^= lobit
;
8894 info
->callbacks
->einfo
8895 /* xgettext:c-format */
8896 (_("%H: error: %s against `%s' not a multiple of %u\n"),
8897 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8898 howto
->name
, sym_name
, mask
+ 1);
8899 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8907 fprintf (stderr
, "\ttype = %s (%d), name = %s, symbol index = %ld, "
8908 "offset = %ld, addend = %ld\n",
8913 (long) rel
->r_offset
,
8917 if (unresolved_reloc
8918 && !((input_section
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0
8920 && _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
,
8921 rel
->r_offset
) != (bfd_vma
) -1)
8923 info
->callbacks
->einfo
8924 /* xgettext:c-format */
8925 (_("%H: unresolvable %s relocation against symbol `%s'\n"),
8926 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8932 /* 16-bit fields in insns mostly have signed values, but a
8933 few insns have 16-bit unsigned values. Really, we should
8934 have different reloc types. */
8935 if (howto
->complain_on_overflow
!= complain_overflow_dont
8936 && howto
->dst_mask
== 0xffff
8937 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
8939 enum complain_overflow complain
= complain_overflow_signed
;
8941 if ((elf_section_flags (input_section
) & SHF_PPC_VLE
) == 0)
8945 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
8946 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 10u << 26 /* cmpli */)
8947 complain
= complain_overflow_bitfield
;
8948 else if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 28u << 26 /* andi */
8949 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 24u << 26 /* ori */
8950 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori */)
8951 complain
= complain_overflow_unsigned
;
8953 if (howto
->complain_on_overflow
!= complain
)
8956 alt_howto
.complain_on_overflow
= complain
;
8961 if (r_type
== R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
)
8963 /* Split field reloc isn't handled by _bfd_final_link_relocate. */
8964 if (rel
->r_offset
+ 4 > input_section
->size
)
8965 r
= bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
8970 relocation
+= addend
;
8971 relocation
-= (rel
->r_offset
8972 + input_section
->output_offset
8973 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
8975 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
8977 insn
|= (relocation
& 0xffc1) | ((relocation
& 0x3e) << 15);
8978 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
8983 r
= _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto
, input_bfd
, input_section
, contents
,
8984 rel
->r_offset
, relocation
, addend
);
8986 if (r
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
8988 if (r
== bfd_reloc_overflow
)
8991 /* On code like "if (foo) foo();" don't report overflow
8992 on a branch to zero when foo is undefined. */
8995 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
8996 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
8997 && is_branch_reloc (r_type
)))
8998 info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
8999 (info
, (h
? &h
->root
: NULL
), sym_name
, howto
->name
,
9000 rel
->r_addend
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
9004 info
->callbacks
->einfo
9005 /* xgettext:c-format */
9006 (_("%H: %s reloc against `%s': error %d\n"),
9007 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
9008 howto
->name
, sym_name
, (int) r
);
9019 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
9020 size_t deleted
= rel
- wrel
;
9022 rel_hdr
= _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section
->output_section
);
9023 rel_hdr
->sh_size
-= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
* deleted
;
9024 if (rel_hdr
->sh_size
== 0)
9026 /* It is too late to remove an empty reloc section. Leave
9028 ??? What is wrong with an empty section??? */
9029 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
9034 rel_hdr
= _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section
);
9035 rel_hdr
->sh_size
-= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
* deleted
;
9036 input_section
->reloc_count
-= deleted
;
9040 fprintf (stderr
, "\n");
9043 if (input_section
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
9044 && input_section
->size
!= input_section
->rawsize
9045 && (strcmp (input_section
->output_section
->name
, ".init") == 0
9046 || strcmp (input_section
->output_section
->name
, ".fini") == 0))
9048 /* Branch around the trampolines. */
9049 unsigned int insn
= B
+ input_section
->size
- input_section
->rawsize
;
9050 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ input_section
->rawsize
);
9053 if (htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
9054 && input_section
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
9055 && (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
9056 || (input_section
->output_section
->alignment_power
9057 >= htab
->params
->pagesize_p2
)))
9059 bfd_vma start_addr
, end_addr
, addr
;
9060 bfd_vma pagesize
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << htab
->params
->pagesize_p2
;
9062 if (relax_info
->workaround_size
!= 0)
9068 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, BA
, fill
);
9069 p
= contents
+ input_section
->size
- relax_info
->workaround_size
;
9070 n
= relax_info
->workaround_size
>> 2;
9073 memcpy (p
, fill
, 4);
9078 /* The idea is: Replace the last instruction on a page with a
9079 branch to a patch area. Put the insn there followed by a
9080 branch back to the next page. Complicated a little by
9081 needing to handle moved conditional branches, and by not
9082 wanting to touch data-in-text. */
9084 start_addr
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
9085 + input_section
->output_offset
);
9086 end_addr
= (start_addr
+ input_section
->size
9087 - relax_info
->workaround_size
);
9088 for (addr
= ((start_addr
& -pagesize
) + pagesize
- 4);
9092 bfd_vma offset
= addr
- start_addr
;
9093 Elf_Internal_Rela
*lo
, *hi
;
9094 bfd_boolean is_data
;
9095 bfd_vma patch_off
, patch_addr
;
9098 /* Do we have a data reloc at this offset? If so, leave
9106 rel
= lo
+ (hi
- lo
) / 2;
9107 if (rel
->r_offset
< offset
)
9109 else if (rel
->r_offset
> offset
+ 3)
9113 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
))
9130 /* Some instructions can be left alone too. Unconditional
9131 branches, except for bcctr with BO=0x14 (bctr, bctrl),
9132 avoid the icache failure.
9134 The problem occurs due to prefetch across a page boundary
9135 where stale instructions can be fetched from the next
9136 page, and the mechanism for flushing these bad
9137 instructions fails under certain circumstances. The
9138 unconditional branches:
9139 1) Branch: b, bl, ba, bla,
9140 2) Branch Conditional: bc, bca, bcl, bcla,
9141 3) Branch Conditional to Link Register: bclr, bclrl,
9142 where (2) and (3) have BO=0x14 making them unconditional,
9143 prevent the bad prefetch because the prefetch itself is
9144 affected by these instructions. This happens even if the
9145 instruction is not executed.
9150 . addi 9,9,new_page@l
9157 The bctr is not predicted taken due to ctr not being
9158 ready, so prefetch continues on past the bctr into the
9159 new page which might have stale instructions. If they
9160 fail to be flushed, then they will be executed after the
9161 bctr executes. Either of the following modifications
9162 prevent the bad prefetch from happening in the first
9165 . lis 9,new_page@ha lis 9,new_page@ha
9166 . addi 9,9,new_page@l addi 9,9,new_page@l
9169 . nop b somewhere_else
9170 . b somewhere_else nop
9171 . new_page: new_page:
9173 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
);
9174 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == (18u << 26) /* b,bl,ba,bla */
9175 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == (16u << 26) /* bc,bcl,bca,bcla*/
9176 && (insn
& (0x14 << 21)) == (0x14 << 21)) /* with BO=0x14 */
9177 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == (19u << 26)
9178 && (insn
& (0x3ff << 1)) == (16u << 1) /* bclr,bclrl */
9179 && (insn
& (0x14 << 21)) == (0x14 << 21)))/* with BO=0x14 */
9182 patch_addr
= (start_addr
+ input_section
->size
9183 - relax_info
->workaround_size
);
9184 patch_addr
= (patch_addr
+ 15) & -16;
9185 patch_off
= patch_addr
- start_addr
;
9186 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, B
+ patch_off
- offset
, contents
+ offset
);
9189 && rel
->r_offset
>= offset
9190 && rel
->r_offset
< offset
+ 4)
9194 /* If the insn we are patching had a reloc, adjust the
9195 reloc r_offset so that the reloc applies to the moved
9196 location. This matters for -r and --emit-relocs. */
9197 if (rel
+ 1 != relend
)
9199 Elf_Internal_Rela tmp
= *rel
;
9201 /* Keep the relocs sorted by r_offset. */
9202 memmove (rel
, rel
+ 1, (relend
- (rel
+ 1)) * sizeof (*rel
));
9205 relend
[-1].r_offset
+= patch_off
- offset
;
9207 /* Adjust REL16 addends too. */
9208 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (relend
[-1].r_info
))
9211 case R_PPC_REL16_LO
:
9212 case R_PPC_REL16_HI
:
9213 case R_PPC_REL16_HA
:
9214 relend
[-1].r_addend
+= patch_off
- offset
;
9220 /* If we are building a PIE or shared library with
9221 non-PIC objects, perhaps we had a dynamic reloc too?
9222 If so, the dynamic reloc must move with the insn. */
9223 sreloc
= elf_section_data (input_section
)->sreloc
;
9226 Elf32_External_Rela
*slo
, *shi
, *srelend
;
9229 slo
= (Elf32_External_Rela
*) sreloc
->contents
;
9230 shi
= srelend
= slo
+ sreloc
->reloc_count
;
9231 soffset
= (offset
+ input_section
->output_section
->vma
9232 + input_section
->output_offset
);
9235 Elf32_External_Rela
*srel
= slo
+ (shi
- slo
) / 2;
9236 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, (bfd_byte
*) srel
,
9238 if (outrel
.r_offset
< soffset
)
9240 else if (outrel
.r_offset
> soffset
+ 3)
9244 if (srel
+ 1 != srelend
)
9246 memmove (srel
, srel
+ 1,
9247 (srelend
- (srel
+ 1)) * sizeof (*srel
));
9250 outrel
.r_offset
+= patch_off
- offset
;
9251 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &outrel
,
9261 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == (16u << 26) /* bc */
9262 && (insn
& 2) == 0 /* relative */)
9264 bfd_vma delta
= ((insn
& 0xfffc) ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
9266 delta
+= offset
- patch_off
;
9267 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
) && rel
!= NULL
)
9269 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
) && rel
!= NULL
)
9271 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
;
9273 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (relend
[-1].r_info
);
9274 if (r_type
== R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
)
9275 insn
|= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT
;
9276 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
)
9277 insn
&= ~BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT
;
9279 BFD_ASSERT (r_type
== R_PPC_REL14
);
9281 if ((r_type
== R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
9282 || r_type
== R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
)
9283 && delta
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000
9284 && (bfd_signed_vma
) delta
< 0)
9285 insn
^= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT
;
9287 if (delta
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
9289 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
9290 (insn
& ~0xfffc) | (delta
& 0xfffc),
9291 contents
+ patch_off
);
9293 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
9294 B
| ((offset
+ 4 - patch_off
) & 0x3fffffc),
9295 contents
+ patch_off
);
9302 unsigned int r_sym
= ELF32_R_SYM (relend
[-1].r_info
);
9304 relend
[-1].r_offset
+= 8;
9305 relend
[-1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_sym
, R_PPC_REL24
);
9307 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
9308 (insn
& ~0xfffc) | 8,
9309 contents
+ patch_off
);
9311 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
9312 B
| ((offset
+ 4 - patch_off
) & 0x3fffffc),
9313 contents
+ patch_off
);
9315 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
9316 B
| ((delta
- 8) & 0x3fffffc),
9317 contents
+ patch_off
);
9323 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ patch_off
);
9325 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
9326 B
| ((offset
+ 4 - patch_off
) & 0x3fffffc),
9327 contents
+ patch_off
);
9330 BFD_ASSERT (patch_off
<= input_section
->size
);
9331 relax_info
->workaround_size
= input_section
->size
- patch_off
;
9338 /* Write out the PLT relocs and entries for H. */
9341 write_global_sym_plt (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
9343 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) inf
;
9344 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
9345 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
9346 bfd_boolean doneone
;
9349 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
9350 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
9354 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
9356 bfd_vma reloc_index
;
9357 asection
*plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
9358 asection
*relplt
= htab
->elf
.srelplt
;
9360 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
9361 || !htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9362 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
9363 reloc_index
= ent
->plt
.offset
/ 4;
9366 reloc_index
= ((ent
->plt
.offset
- htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
)
9367 / htab
->plt_slot_size
);
9368 if (reloc_index
> PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES
9369 && htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
)
9370 reloc_index
-= (reloc_index
- PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES
) / 2;
9373 /* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage table.
9375 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_VXWORKS
9376 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9377 && h
->dynindx
!= -1)
9380 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
9382 /* The first three entries in .got.plt are reserved. */
9383 got_offset
= (reloc_index
+ 3) * 4;
9385 /* Use the right PLT. */
9386 plt_entry
= bfd_link_pic (info
) ? ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt_entry
9387 : ppc_elf_vxworks_plt_entry
;
9389 /* Fill in the .plt on VxWorks. */
9390 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
9392 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
,
9393 plt_entry
[0] | PPC_HA (got_offset
),
9394 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 0);
9395 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
,
9396 plt_entry
[1] | PPC_LO (got_offset
),
9397 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 4);
9401 bfd_vma got_loc
= got_offset
+ SYM_VAL (htab
->elf
.hgot
);
9403 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
,
9404 plt_entry
[0] | PPC_HA (got_loc
),
9405 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 0);
9406 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
,
9407 plt_entry
[1] | PPC_LO (got_loc
),
9408 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 4);
9411 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2],
9412 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 8);
9413 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3],
9414 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 12);
9416 /* This instruction is an immediate load. The value loaded is
9417 the byte offset of the R_PPC_JMP_SLOT relocation from the
9418 start of the .rela.plt section. The value is stored in the
9419 low-order 16 bits of the load instruction. */
9420 /* NOTE: It appears that this is now an index rather than a
9421 prescaled offset. */
9422 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
,
9423 plt_entry
[4] | reloc_index
,
9424 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 16);
9425 /* This instruction is a PC-relative branch whose target is
9426 the start of the PLT section. The address of this branch
9427 instruction is 20 bytes beyond the start of this PLT entry.
9428 The address is encoded in bits 6-29, inclusive. The value
9429 stored is right-shifted by two bits, permitting a 26-bit
9431 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
,
9433 | (-(ent
->plt
.offset
+ 20) & 0x03fffffc)),
9434 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 20);
9435 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6],
9436 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 24);
9437 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, plt_entry
[7],
9438 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 28);
9440 /* Fill in the GOT entry corresponding to this PLT slot with
9441 the address immediately after the "bctr" instruction
9442 in this PLT entry. */
9443 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, (plt
->output_section
->vma
9444 + plt
->output_offset
9445 + ent
->plt
.offset
+ 16),
9446 htab
->elf
.sgotplt
->contents
+ got_offset
);
9448 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
9450 /* Fill in a couple of entries in .rela.plt.unloaded. */
9451 loc
= htab
->srelplt2
->contents
9452 + ((VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS
+ reloc_index
9453 * VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS
)
9454 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
9456 /* Provide the @ha relocation for the first instruction. */
9457 rela
.r_offset
= (plt
->output_section
->vma
9458 + plt
->output_offset
9459 + ent
->plt
.offset
+ 2);
9460 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hgot
->indx
,
9462 rela
.r_addend
= got_offset
;
9463 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
9464 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9466 /* Provide the @l relocation for the second instruction. */
9467 rela
.r_offset
= (plt
->output_section
->vma
9468 + plt
->output_offset
9469 + ent
->plt
.offset
+ 6);
9470 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hgot
->indx
,
9472 rela
.r_addend
= got_offset
;
9473 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
9474 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9476 /* Provide a relocation for the GOT entry corresponding to this
9477 PLT slot. Point it at the middle of the .plt entry. */
9478 rela
.r_offset
= (htab
->elf
.sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
9479 + htab
->elf
.sgotplt
->output_offset
9481 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hplt
->indx
,
9483 rela
.r_addend
= ent
->plt
.offset
+ 16;
9484 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
9487 /* VxWorks uses non-standard semantics for R_PPC_JMP_SLOT.
9488 In particular, the offset for the relocation is not the
9489 address of the PLT entry for this function, as specified
9490 by the ABI. Instead, the offset is set to the address of
9491 the GOT slot for this function. See EABI 4.4.4.1. */
9492 rela
.r_offset
= (htab
->elf
.sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
9493 + htab
->elf
.sgotplt
->output_offset
9500 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9501 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
9503 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9505 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
9506 relplt
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
9510 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
9511 relplt
= bfd_link_pic (info
) ? htab
->relpltlocal
: NULL
;
9514 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
9515 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
9516 rela
.r_addend
= SYM_VAL (h
);
9521 loc
= plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
;
9522 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, rela
.r_addend
, loc
);
9526 rela
.r_offset
= (plt
->output_section
->vma
9527 + plt
->output_offset
9530 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
9531 || !htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9532 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
9534 /* We don't need to fill in the .plt. The ppc dynamic
9535 linker will fill it in. */
9539 bfd_vma val
= (htab
->glink_pltresolve
+ ent
->plt
.offset
9540 + htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
9541 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
);
9542 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, val
,
9543 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
);
9550 /* Fill in the entry in the .rela.plt section. */
9551 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9552 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
9554 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9555 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE
);
9557 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE
);
9558 loc
= relplt
->contents
+ (relplt
->reloc_count
++
9559 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
9560 htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
9564 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_PPC_JMP_SLOT
);
9565 loc
= relplt
->contents
+ (reloc_index
9566 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
9567 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
&& is_static_defined (h
))
9568 htab
->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
9570 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
9575 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
9576 || !htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9577 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
9580 asection
*plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
9582 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9583 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
9585 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9586 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
9591 p
= (unsigned char *) htab
->glink
->contents
+ ent
->glink_offset
;
9592 write_glink_stub (h
, ent
, plt
, p
, info
);
9594 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
9595 /* We only need one non-PIC glink stub. */
9604 /* Finish up PLT handling. */
9607 ppc_finish_symbols (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9609 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
9615 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, write_global_sym_plt
, info
);
9617 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
9619 bfd_vma
*local_got
, *end_local_got
;
9620 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
, **lplt
, **end_local_plt
;
9621 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
9622 bfd_size_type locsymcount
;
9623 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
= NULL
;
9624 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
9626 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd
))
9629 local_got
= elf_local_got_offsets (ibfd
);
9633 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
9634 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
9635 end_local_got
= local_got
+ locsymcount
;
9636 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) end_local_got
;
9637 end_local_plt
= local_plt
+ locsymcount
;
9638 for (lplt
= local_plt
; lplt
< end_local_plt
; ++lplt
)
9639 for (ent
= *lplt
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
9641 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
9643 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
9645 asection
*plt
, *relplt
;
9648 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
9651 if (!get_sym_h (NULL
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
9652 lplt
- local_plt
, ibfd
))
9654 if (symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
9659 val
= sym
->st_value
;
9660 if (sym_sec
!= NULL
&& sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
9661 val
+= sym_sec
->output_offset
+ sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
;
9663 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9665 htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
9666 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
9667 relplt
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
9668 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE
);
9672 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
9673 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
9675 relplt
= htab
->relpltlocal
;
9676 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE
);
9680 loc
= plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
;
9681 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, val
, loc
);
9686 rela
.r_offset
= (ent
->plt
.offset
9687 + plt
->output_offset
9688 + plt
->output_section
->vma
);
9689 rela
.r_addend
= val
;
9690 loc
= relplt
->contents
+ (relplt
->reloc_count
++
9691 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
9692 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
9694 p
= (unsigned char *) htab
->glink
->contents
+ ent
->glink_offset
;
9695 write_glink_stub (NULL
, ent
, htab
->elf
.iplt
, p
, info
);
9699 if (local_syms
!= NULL
9700 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
9702 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
9705 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
9711 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
9712 dynamic sections here. */
9715 ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9716 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9717 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
9718 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
9720 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
9721 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
9724 fprintf (stderr
, "ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol called for %s",
9725 h
->root
.root
.string
);
9729 || (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
)))
9730 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
9731 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
9733 if (!h
->def_regular
)
9735 /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as
9736 defined in the .plt section. Leave the value if
9737 there were any relocations where pointer equality
9738 matters (this is a clue for the dynamic linker, to
9739 make function pointer comparisons work between an
9740 application and shared library), otherwise set it
9742 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
9743 if (!h
->pointer_equality_needed
)
9745 else if (!h
->ref_regular_nonweak
)
9747 /* This breaks function pointer comparisons, but
9748 that is better than breaking tests for a NULL
9749 function pointer. */
9755 /* Set the value of ifunc symbols in a non-pie
9756 executable to the glink entry. This is to avoid
9757 text relocations. We can't do this for ifunc in
9758 allocate_dynrelocs, as we do for normal dynamic
9759 function symbols with plt entries, because we need
9760 to keep the original value around for the ifunc
9763 = (_bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
9764 (info
->output_bfd
, htab
->glink
->output_section
));
9765 sym
->st_value
= (ent
->glink_offset
9766 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
9767 + htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
);
9775 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
9778 /* This symbols needs a copy reloc. Set it up. */
9781 fprintf (stderr
, ", copy");
9784 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
9786 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
)
9788 else if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
)
9789 s
= htab
->elf
.sreldynrelro
;
9791 s
= htab
->elf
.srelbss
;
9792 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
9794 rela
.r_offset
= SYM_VAL (h
);
9795 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_PPC_COPY
);
9797 loc
= s
->contents
+ s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9798 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
9802 fprintf (stderr
, "\n");
9808 static enum elf_reloc_type_class
9809 ppc_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9810 const asection
*rel_sec
,
9811 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rela
)
9813 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
9815 if (rel_sec
== htab
->elf
.irelplt
)
9816 return reloc_class_ifunc
;
9818 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rela
->r_info
))
9820 case R_PPC_RELATIVE
:
9821 return reloc_class_relative
;
9822 case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT
:
9823 return reloc_class_plt
;
9825 return reloc_class_copy
;
9827 return reloc_class_normal
;
9831 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
9834 ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9835 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9838 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9841 bfd_boolean ret
= TRUE
;
9844 fprintf (stderr
, "ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections called\n");
9847 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
9848 dynobj
= htab
->elf
.dynobj
;
9849 sdyn
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
9852 if (htab
->elf
.hgot
!= NULL
)
9853 got
= SYM_VAL (htab
->elf
.hgot
);
9855 if (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
9857 Elf32_External_Dyn
*dyncon
, *dynconend
;
9859 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->elf
.splt
!= NULL
&& sdyn
!= NULL
);
9861 dyncon
= (Elf32_External_Dyn
*) sdyn
->contents
;
9862 dynconend
= (Elf32_External_Dyn
*) (sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
);
9863 for (; dyncon
< dynconend
; dyncon
++)
9865 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
9868 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, dyncon
, &dyn
);
9873 if (htab
->elf
.target_os
== is_vxworks
)
9874 s
= htab
->elf
.sgotplt
;
9877 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
9881 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= htab
->elf
.srelplt
->size
;
9885 s
= htab
->elf
.srelplt
;
9886 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
9890 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= got
;
9894 if (htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
)
9895 info
->callbacks
->einfo
9896 (_("%X%P: text relocations and GNU indirect "
9897 "functions will result in a segfault at runtime\n"));
9898 else if (htab
->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
)
9899 info
->callbacks
->einfo
9900 (_("%P: warning: text relocations and GNU indirect "
9901 "functions may result in a segfault at runtime\n"));
9905 if (htab
->elf
.target_os
== is_vxworks
9906 && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd
, &dyn
))
9911 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd
, &dyn
, dyncon
);
9915 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
!= NULL
9916 && htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
9918 if (htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sgot
9919 || htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sgotplt
)
9921 unsigned char *p
= htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->contents
;
9923 p
+= htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
9924 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
)
9926 /* Add a blrl instruction at _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_-4
9927 so that a function can easily find the address of
9928 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
9929 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
- 4
9930 < htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->size
);
9931 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0x4e800021, p
- 4);
9936 bfd_vma val
= sdyn
->output_section
->vma
+ sdyn
->output_offset
;
9937 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
9938 < htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->size
);
9939 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, val
, p
);
9944 /* xgettext:c-format */
9945 _bfd_error_handler (_("%s not defined in linker created %pA"),
9946 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.root
.string
,
9947 (htab
->elf
.sgotplt
!= NULL
9948 ? htab
->elf
.sgotplt
: htab
->elf
.sgot
));
9949 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
9953 elf_section_data (htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
= 4;
9956 /* Fill in the first entry in the VxWorks procedure linkage table. */
9957 if (htab
->elf
.target_os
== is_vxworks
9958 && htab
->elf
.splt
!= NULL
9959 && htab
->elf
.splt
->size
!= 0
9960 && htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
9962 asection
*splt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
9963 /* Use the right PLT. */
9964 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
= (bfd_link_pic (info
)
9965 ? ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt0_entry
9966 : ppc_elf_vxworks_plt0_entry
);
9968 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
9970 bfd_vma got_value
= SYM_VAL (htab
->elf
.hgot
);
9972 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | PPC_HA (got_value
),
9973 splt
->contents
+ 0);
9974 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | PPC_LO (got_value
),
9975 splt
->contents
+ 4);
9979 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0], splt
->contents
+ 0);
9980 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1], splt
->contents
+ 4);
9982 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], splt
->contents
+ 8);
9983 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], splt
->contents
+ 12);
9984 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], splt
->contents
+ 16);
9985 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], splt
->contents
+ 20);
9986 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6], splt
->contents
+ 24);
9987 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[7], splt
->contents
+ 28);
9989 if (! bfd_link_pic (info
))
9991 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
9994 loc
= htab
->srelplt2
->contents
;
9996 /* Output the @ha relocation for the first instruction. */
9997 rela
.r_offset
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
9998 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
10000 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hgot
->indx
, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
);
10002 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
10003 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10005 /* Output the @l relocation for the second instruction. */
10006 rela
.r_offset
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
10007 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
10009 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hgot
->indx
, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
);
10011 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
10012 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10014 /* Fix up the remaining relocations. They may have the wrong
10015 symbol index for _G_O_T_ or _P_L_T_ depending on the order
10016 in which symbols were output. */
10017 while (loc
< htab
->srelplt2
->contents
+ htab
->srelplt2
->size
)
10019 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
10021 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
10022 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hgot
->indx
, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
);
10023 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
10024 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10026 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
10027 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hgot
->indx
, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
);
10028 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
10029 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10031 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
10032 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hplt
->indx
, R_PPC_ADDR32
);
10033 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
10034 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10039 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
10040 && htab
->glink
->contents
!= NULL
10041 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
10044 unsigned char *endp
;
10048 * PIC glink code is the following:
10050 * # ith PLT code stub.
10051 * addis 11,30,(plt+(i-1)*4-got)@ha
10052 * lwz 11,(plt+(i-1)*4-got)@l(11)
10056 * # A table of branches, one for each plt entry.
10057 * # The idea is that the plt call stub loads ctr and r11 with these
10058 * # addresses, so (r11 - res_0) gives the plt index * 4.
10059 * res_0: b PLTresolve
10060 * res_1: b PLTresolve
10062 * # Some number of entries towards the end can be nops
10068 * addis 11,11,(1f-res_0)@ha
10071 * 1: addi 11,11,(1b-res_0)@l
10074 * sub 11,11,12 # r11 = index * 4
10075 * addis 12,12,(got+4-1b)@ha
10076 * lwz 0,(got+4-1b)@l(12) # got[1] address of dl_runtime_resolve
10077 * lwz 12,(got+8-1b)@l(12) # got[2] contains the map address
10080 * add 11,0,11 # r11 = index * 12 = reloc offset.
10083 * Non-PIC glink code is a little simpler.
10085 * # ith PLT code stub.
10086 * lis 11,(plt+(i-1)*4)@ha
10087 * lwz 11,(plt+(i-1)*4)@l(11)
10091 * The branch table is the same, then comes
10094 * lis 12,(got+4)@ha
10095 * addis 11,11,(-res_0)@ha
10096 * lwz 0,(got+4)@l(12) # got[1] address of dl_runtime_resolve
10097 * addi 11,11,(-res_0)@l # r11 = index * 4
10100 * lwz 12,(got+8)@l(12) # got[2] contains the map address
10101 * add 11,0,11 # r11 = index * 12 = reloc offset.
10105 /* Build the branch table, one for each plt entry (less one),
10106 and perhaps some padding. */
10107 p
= htab
->glink
->contents
;
10108 p
+= htab
->glink_pltresolve
;
10109 endp
= htab
->glink
->contents
;
10110 endp
+= htab
->glink
->size
- GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
;
10111 while (p
< endp
- (htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
? 0 : 8 * 4))
10113 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, B
+ endp
- p
, p
);
10118 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, p
);
10122 res0
= (htab
->glink_pltresolve
10123 + htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
10124 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
);
10126 if (htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
)
10128 /* Ensure that a call stub at the end of a page doesn't
10129 result in prefetch over the end of the page into the
10130 glink branch table. */
10131 bfd_vma pagesize
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << htab
->params
->pagesize_p2
;
10133 bfd_vma glink_start
= (htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
10134 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
);
10136 for (page_addr
= res0
& -pagesize
;
10137 page_addr
> glink_start
;
10138 page_addr
-= pagesize
)
10140 /* We have a plt call stub that may need fixing. */
10144 loc
= htab
->glink
->contents
+ page_addr
- 4 - glink_start
;
10145 insn
= bfd_get_32 (output_bfd
, loc
);
10148 /* By alignment, we know that there must be at least
10149 one other call stub before this one. */
10150 insn
= bfd_get_32 (output_bfd
, loc
- 16);
10152 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, B
| (-16 & 0x3fffffc), loc
);
10154 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, B
| (-20 & 0x3fffffc), loc
);
10159 /* Last comes the PLTresolve stub. */
10160 endp
= p
+ GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
;
10161 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
10165 bcl
= (htab
->glink
->size
- GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
+ 3*4
10166 + htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
10167 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
);
10169 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADDIS_11_11
+ PPC_HA (bcl
- res0
), p
);
10171 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MFLR_0
, p
);
10173 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, BCL_20_31
, p
);
10175 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADDI_11_11
+ PPC_LO (bcl
- res0
), p
);
10177 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MFLR_12
, p
);
10179 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MTLR_0
, p
);
10181 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, SUB_11_11_12
, p
);
10183 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADDIS_12_12
+ PPC_HA (got
+ 4 - bcl
), p
);
10185 if (PPC_HA (got
+ 4 - bcl
) == PPC_HA (got
+ 8 - bcl
))
10187 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_0_12
+ PPC_LO (got
+ 4 - bcl
), p
);
10189 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_12_12
+ PPC_LO (got
+ 8 - bcl
), p
);
10194 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZU_0_12
+ PPC_LO (got
+ 4 - bcl
), p
);
10196 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_12_12
+ 4, p
);
10199 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MTCTR_0
, p
);
10201 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADD_0_11_11
, p
);
10205 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LIS_12
+ PPC_HA (got
+ 4), p
);
10207 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADDIS_11_11
+ PPC_HA (-res0
), p
);
10209 if (PPC_HA (got
+ 4) == PPC_HA (got
+ 8))
10210 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_0_12
+ PPC_LO (got
+ 4), p
);
10212 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZU_0_12
+ PPC_LO (got
+ 4), p
);
10214 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADDI_11_11
+ PPC_LO (-res0
), p
);
10216 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MTCTR_0
, p
);
10218 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADD_0_11_11
, p
);
10220 if (PPC_HA (got
+ 4) == PPC_HA (got
+ 8))
10221 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_12_12
+ PPC_LO (got
+ 8), p
);
10223 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_12_12
+ 4, p
);
10226 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADD_11_0_11
, p
);
10228 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, BCTR
, p
);
10232 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
,
10233 htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
? BA
: NOP
, p
);
10236 BFD_ASSERT (p
== endp
);
10239 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
10240 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
!= NULL
)
10242 unsigned char *p
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
10245 p
+= sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
);
10250 /* Offset to .glink. */
10251 val
= (htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
10252 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
);
10253 val
-= (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
->vma
10254 + htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_offset
);
10255 val
-= p
- htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
10256 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, val
, p
);
10258 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
10259 && !_bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame (output_bfd
, info
,
10260 htab
->glink_eh_frame
,
10261 htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
))
10268 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM powerpc_elf32_le_vec
10269 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-powerpcle"
10270 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf32_vec
10271 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc"
10272 #define ELF_ARCH bfd_arch_powerpc
10273 #define ELF_TARGET_ID PPC32_ELF_DATA
10274 #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE EM_PPC
10275 #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x10000
10276 #define ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE 0x1000
10277 #define ELF_RELROPAGESIZE ELF_MAXPAGESIZE
10278 #define elf_info_to_howto ppc_elf_info_to_howto
10280 #ifdef EM_CYGNUS_POWERPC
10281 #define ELF_MACHINE_ALT1 EM_CYGNUS_POWERPC
10285 #define ELF_MACHINE_ALT2 EM_PPC_OLD
10288 #define elf_backend_plt_not_loaded 1
10289 #define elf_backend_want_dynrelro 1
10290 #define elf_backend_can_gc_sections 1
10291 #define elf_backend_can_refcount 1
10292 #define elf_backend_rela_normal 1
10293 #define elf_backend_caches_rawsize 1
10295 #define bfd_elf32_mkobject ppc_elf_mkobject
10296 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data ppc_elf_merge_private_bfd_data
10297 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_relax_section ppc_elf_relax_section
10298 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup ppc_elf_reloc_type_lookup
10299 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_name_lookup ppc_elf_reloc_name_lookup
10300 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_set_private_flags ppc_elf_set_private_flags
10301 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create
10302 #define bfd_elf32_get_synthetic_symtab ppc_elf_get_synthetic_symtab
10304 #define elf_backend_object_p ppc_elf_object_p
10305 #define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook ppc_elf_gc_mark_hook
10306 #define elf_backend_section_from_shdr ppc_elf_section_from_shdr
10307 #define elf_backend_relocate_section ppc_elf_relocate_section
10308 #define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections ppc_elf_create_dynamic_sections
10309 #define elf_backend_check_relocs ppc_elf_check_relocs
10310 #define elf_backend_relocs_compatible _bfd_elf_relocs_compatible
10311 #define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol
10312 #define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol
10313 #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook
10314 #define elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections
10315 #define elf_backend_hash_symbol ppc_elf_hash_symbol
10316 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol
10317 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections
10318 #define elf_backend_fake_sections ppc_elf_fake_sections
10319 #define elf_backend_additional_program_headers ppc_elf_additional_program_headers
10320 #define elf_backend_modify_segment_map ppc_elf_modify_segment_map
10321 #define elf_backend_grok_prstatus ppc_elf_grok_prstatus
10322 #define elf_backend_grok_psinfo ppc_elf_grok_psinfo
10323 #define elf_backend_write_core_note ppc_elf_write_core_note
10324 #define elf_backend_reloc_type_class ppc_elf_reloc_type_class
10325 #define elf_backend_begin_write_processing ppc_elf_begin_write_processing
10326 #define elf_backend_final_write_processing ppc_elf_final_write_processing
10327 #define elf_backend_write_section ppc_elf_write_section
10328 #define elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr
10329 #define elf_backend_plt_sym_val ppc_elf_plt_sym_val
10330 #define elf_backend_action_discarded ppc_elf_action_discarded
10331 #define elf_backend_init_index_section _bfd_elf_init_1_index_section
10332 #define elf_backend_lookup_section_flags_hook ppc_elf_lookup_section_flags
10334 #include "elf32-target.h"
10336 /* FreeBSD Target */
10338 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
10339 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
10341 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
10342 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf32_fbsd_vec
10343 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
10344 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc-freebsd"
10347 #define ELF_OSABI ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
10350 #define elf32_bed elf32_powerpc_fbsd_bed
10352 #include "elf32-target.h"
10354 /* VxWorks Target */
10356 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
10357 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
10359 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
10360 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf32_vxworks_vec
10361 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
10362 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc-vxworks"
10366 #undef ELF_TARGET_OS
10367 #define ELF_TARGET_OS is_vxworks
10369 /* VxWorks uses the elf default section flags for .plt. */
10370 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
10371 ppc_elf_vxworks_get_sec_type_attr (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
10373 if (sec
->name
== NULL
)
10376 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".plt") == 0)
10377 return _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd
, sec
);
10379 return ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd
, sec
);
10382 /* Like ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create, but overrides
10383 appropriately for VxWorks. */
10384 static struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
10385 ppc_elf_vxworks_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
10387 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*ret
;
10389 ret
= ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd
);
10392 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
10393 = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*)ret
;
10394 htab
->plt_type
= PLT_VXWORKS
;
10395 htab
->plt_entry_size
= VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE
;
10396 htab
->plt_slot_size
= VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE
;
10397 htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
= VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE
;
10402 /* Tweak magic VxWorks symbols as they are loaded. */
10404 ppc_elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook (bfd
*abfd
,
10405 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10406 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
10407 const char **namep
,
10412 if (!elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook (abfd
, info
, sym
, namep
, flagsp
, secp
,
10416 return ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook (abfd
, info
, sym
, namep
, flagsp
, secp
, valp
);
10420 ppc_elf_vxworks_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
)
10422 ppc_final_write_processing (abfd
);
10423 return elf_vxworks_final_write_processing (abfd
);
10426 /* On VxWorks, we emit relocations against _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_, so
10428 #undef elf_backend_want_plt_sym
10429 #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 1
10430 #undef elf_backend_want_got_plt
10431 #define elf_backend_want_got_plt 1
10432 #undef elf_backend_got_symbol_offset
10433 #define elf_backend_got_symbol_offset 0
10434 #undef elf_backend_plt_not_loaded
10435 #define elf_backend_plt_not_loaded 0
10436 #undef elf_backend_plt_readonly
10437 #define elf_backend_plt_readonly 1
10438 #undef elf_backend_got_header_size
10439 #define elf_backend_got_header_size 12
10440 #undef elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt
10441 #define elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt 1
10443 #undef bfd_elf32_get_synthetic_symtab
10445 #undef bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create
10446 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create \
10447 ppc_elf_vxworks_link_hash_table_create
10448 #undef elf_backend_add_symbol_hook
10449 #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook \
10450 ppc_elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook
10451 #undef elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook
10452 #define elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook \
10453 elf_vxworks_link_output_symbol_hook
10454 #undef elf_backend_final_write_processing
10455 #define elf_backend_final_write_processing \
10456 ppc_elf_vxworks_final_write_processing
10457 #undef elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr
10458 #define elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr \
10459 ppc_elf_vxworks_get_sec_type_attr
10460 #undef elf_backend_emit_relocs
10461 #define elf_backend_emit_relocs \
10462 elf_vxworks_emit_relocs
10465 #define elf32_bed ppc_elf_vxworks_bed
10467 #include "elf32-target.h"